The Role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Increasing Repurchase Intention

Lena Ellitan

Faculty of Business Widya Mandala Catholic University Surabaya, Indonesia

lena@ukwms.ac.id

            Abstract

As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. In order for the organization’s desires and goals to be achieved and developed, as well as to contain competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans. In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. Brand trust and intention to repurchase certain company products influence. To provide deals, agreements and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily announced using communication platforms. Buyer’s trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is a brand limit that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the buyer’s brand both in terms of certainty and focus on the buyer’s needs, then that is seen by the company can trust and be responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, and Brand Trust in increasing Repurchase Intention. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase retention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can damage repurchase interest.

Keywords: experiential marketingsocial media marketingrepurchase intention,  brand trust.

Introduction

The 4th industrial revolution is now underway, where technology has been assimilated into everyday life. As the internet and digital technology advances, everything becomes limitless. Many claim that the industrial revolution era had an impact on several elements of society, including the economy. Even though this period provides benefits, many people also view it negatively. The Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Additive Manufacturing have all entered this revolution. Examples can be found all over the world, including Indonesia.

The changes brought by the fourth industrial revolution have increased competition in the Indonesian business sector as businesses continue to gain market share and new clients. For the sake of sustainability and organizational goals to achieve and develop, as well as outperform the competition, businesses must decide on new marketing strategies that are in line with the evolution of the times. The exchange of information in the form of marketing, sales, and customer support is one example of how internet use is still growing. Additionally, businesses can use the internet to strengthen their brands, defend their products, and build production and marketing plans.

People in Indonesia have felt the impact of advances in information technology through the use of platforms and devices. In Indonesia, there will be 210 million internet users in 2022. In Indonesia, there were 175 million internet users before the pandemic. In other words, the number of people using the internet rose by 35 million during the pandemic. According to the AAJI report, 77.02% of people had access to the internet at that time. For comparison, in 2018 the level of internet access was still 64.8% and in 2019-2020 it was around 73.7%.

Every year, the number of Indonesians who use social media continues to increase. According to the We Are Social report, the number of active social media users in Indonesia increased from 170 million in January 2021 to 191 million in January 2022 or 12.35%. WhatsApp is the application most widely used by Indonesian people. This figure reached 88.7% after Instagram which reached 84.8% and Facebook with a percentage of 81.3%. Meanwhile, 63.1% and 62.8% are Telegram and TikTok users. Companies use social media to promote their brands and get customers to buy from them again, due to the large number of social media users in Indonesia. Customers are also given the opportunity to interact directly with businesses through social media marketing. Social media marketing can also see how customers respond to the offer. Samsung is interested in utilizing social media as a means of promotion and communication with customers because of the close relationship between social media and consumer interest in making repeat purchases.

In the 21st century, several aspects of customer behavior, including perception, information processing, information sharing, views, attitudes, purchases, and follow-up behavior, have been influenced by social media. With the availability of web-based entertainment, companies can engage with their customers and receive feedback from them, and consumers can communicate with other consumers and share information about products and companies. According to a survey conducted in 2019 by content management service website HootSuit, revealed that there are 130 million mobile social media users in Indonesia, out of a total population of 268.2 million, which shows the growth of Instagram in the country. 80% of Indonesians, or more than 100 million people, are Instagram users. Indonesia ranks third on the list of countries that experience the most incidents of internet fraud, according to the findings of a 2016 examination conducted by Kaspersky Lab. As an illustration of fraud, Samsung Indonesia distributed free smartphones via WhatsApp.. 

Brand trust and intent to repurchase a particular company’s products are affected. To provide correspondence, deals and associations with their buyers, many brands are now turning to online entertainment. Information and opinions can be easily shared using this communication platform. Web-based entertainment is seen as truer to buyers because it conveys the brand. An important consideration to expand repurchase interest is to make buyers recall a brand again with the help of special media through online entertainment. Buyer trust in a brand (brand trust) according to Ngabiso et al (2021) is the limit of a brand that is trusted by customers when an item or administration can overcome problems that occur with the brand both in terms of buyer certainty and focusing on the buyer’s needs, then it is seen that the company trustworthy and responsible for customer needs and welfare. This article discusses the role of Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing and Brand Trust in Repurchase Intention

Experiential Marketing

A marketing method called experiential marketing aims to provide customers with more than just facts about goods or services. Experiential marketing is an effort that focuses on analyzing customers as emotional and selfish humans who utilize consumption as a method to create meaningful experiences, according to Skandalis et al (2019). Meanwhile, experiential marketing is defined by Andriani and Fatimah (2018) as adding value to a good or service by influencing consumers’ feelings when using the good or service.

Kustini in the journal Fahmi (2019) also said that something that is not much different is that experiential marketing is the practice of marketing products or services through positive experiences and emotional stimulation. From the definition above, it can be concluded that experiential marketing is a way that must be understood by companies in approaching and retaining consumers, from the experience gained and through products or services produced by the company by adding positive things and a sense of impression for consumers when carrying out the process of purchasing products or services. services, as well as presenting something unique and having characteristics that other products do not have.

According to Priansa (2017) experiential marketing includes five dimensions, namely as follows:

          a) Sense is an important and obvious part of a brand that is captured by the five human senses, including sight, sound, smell, taste and contact. The purpose of sense is to produce sensory experiences through touch, taste, smell, and sound. By attracting customers and providing positive value to products or services, sense can also be used as a competitive advantage for businesses and products.

          b) Feel, namely from a moderate mood to very strong sentiments of joy and pride, feelings and emotions are used to influence events. The purpose of feel is to attract consumers’ attention and emotions by creating an experience of positive mood and soul that can evoke happiness or sadness. The way feel works is by having a strong understanding of certain emotional stimuli that can move emotions and the willingness of consumers to take part in views and empathy.

          c) Think, namely encouraging someone to think innovatively and critically which has the potential to significantly increase the evaluation of company products. Think aims to create cognition by appealing to consumer intellectuals and solving problems that involve consumers creatively. The target of think is to bring consumers to think in a centered and different way through surprise, collaboration and provocation.

          d) Act is a person’s long-term effort to develop consumer experiences connected to their physical body, behavioral habits, and lifestyle based on contact with other people. Act has a target, namely improving consumer experience through physical experiences and real behavioral patterns in doing something.

e) Relate, namely the relationship experienced by consumers, whether with the company or with the community of people who use the company’s products or services. Relate contains aspects of sense, feel, think, and act. But relate develops quickly through the consumer’s personal abilities and feelings, thereby connecting the consumer’s personality with something outside themselves. Relate aims to increase individuals’ willingness to improve themselves. Companies interact with consumers through a wider social system.

Social Media Marketing

Social media marketing is a type of digital marketing that utilizes websites and social media to advertise products or services for businesses. This gives marketers an incredible opportunity to connect with customers in social groups and forge more intimate bonds with them. With social media marketing, it is easier for manufacturers or company owners to communicate with clients or customers online. Additionally, there are few costs involved and no time limits as long as they have access to the internet. Social media marketing according to Gunelius in the journal Mileva and Dh (2018) is all direct and indirect marketing that is used to increase awareness, recognize, remember and take action on using social media, such as managing blogs, writing ideas, social media, social bookmarks , providing information, companies, businesses, goods, and individuals can communicate. According to Mileva and Fauzi (2018), social media marketing is a method involved in empowering individuals to advertise their sites, works and products through friendly channels on the web and convey it using a much larger local area that has greater opportunities for promotion rather than through regular advertising channels.

According to Nunik et al (2019), social media marketing is an interactive marketing communication activity between businesses and customers, and vice versa, which helps these businesses generate sales of their goods and services. According to the definition given above, the practice of encouraging individuals to market their websites, products or consumer services through online social media channels and to communicate with each other is known as social media marketing. It taps into a much larger community with more opportunities for marketing than traditional advertising channels.

According to Afifah (2016), social media marketing has several indicators, namely as follows:

1. Online Communities, namely a business must create a community to offer its products to that community and encourage customer loyalty. Local area souls to build resilience, support conversations, and contribute data that is helpful in the turn of events and business progress.

2. Interaction, namely the company must engage with customers by responding to their comments, direct messages and broadcasts to make it easier for customers to obtain information from the business. Through continuously updated and relevant information from users, social media enables increased participation from online communities.

3. Sharing of Content, which is a dimension that utilizes social media marketing as a way for individuals to trade, distribute and receive material in situations that allow content to take the form of photos, videos or status updates.

4. Accessibility, namely enabling consumers who have internet access to engage in social media conversations, accessibility emphasizes ease of access and low operating costs in social media marketing.

5. Credibility, namely the company must be able to show its credibility by providing information, helping customers in resolving problems, and responding to customer suggestions or criticism. The term “credibility” refers to sending a clear message to a brand that encourages it to establish credibility through actions or statements that have an emotional connection with the intended audience.

Repurchase Intention

According to Pham et al (2018) Repurchase is described as the client’s real activity in purchasing or reusing the item. When customers purchase a particular item, they can make subsequent purchases. This indicates that customers frequently purchase similar services or goods from the same vendor. While repurchase is an actual action, repurchase intention indicates a customer’s decision to engage in future activities with the seller. Repurchase intention, as defined by Hellier et al in the journal Christine R (2018), is a cycle in which an individual plans to repurchase comparable services and products based on past experiences. If the value of a product or service is great, customers will be more inclined to buy it again because it makes them feel good and is interesting. Due to emotional desire, consumers often intend to repurchase, which increases repurchase intentions even further.

Repurchase intention according to Ali Hasan (2018) is the intention to make a purchase based on previous history. High repurchase interest reflects a high level of consumer satisfaction with the decision to use or obtain a product. Once a consumer tries a product and determines whether they like it or not after doing so, they decide whether to buy it or not. When customers believe that the goods they use are of high quality and able to satisfy their needs and expectations, liking for the product will develop. Based on this definition, it can be concluded that repurchase intention is a customer’s desire to repurchase goods or services in the future because they are happy with the brand previously used. The degree to which consumers are committed to obtaining a good or service influences how likely they are to repurchase. The better opportunities consumers have to make further purchases, the more they want or are interested in a product. The likelihood that consumers will repurchase a used good or service decreases in proportion to the level of interest they have in it. Consumer desires arise from the experience of using a product or service by having a positive experience that makes the product or service the main choice in the future. Apart from that, consumers also provide recommendations for products or services to other people because consumers have had positive experiences, so consumer recommendations to other people do not make other people feel disappointed.

According to Saraswati et al (2021) there are 4 types of repurchase intention indicators, namely:

1. Transactional Interest is an individual’s tendency to carry out product transactions.

2. Referral Interest is where the customer’s action recommends goods to other individuals.

3. Preferential Interest is that customers can cause things that have been used as primary decisions.

4. Explorative Interest is the interest of someone who carries out a constant search for product-related information.

Brand Trust

Brand trust is consumers’ belief that the company or brand they choose can solve their problems and deserves respect and provides more value. According to Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust is a business that successfully builds a long-lasting customer brand experience based on the principles of politeness, honesty and integrity. According to Munuera in the journal Ngabiso et al (2021) defines brand trust as when a product or service can meet the needs implemented in the brand based on consumer trust and prioritizing or prioritizing consumer needs, then it has a brand capacity that is trusted by consumers.

Brand trust is a type of buyer’s desire to depend on a brand that is in danger because of the assumption that the brand will provide profitable results, according to Lau and Lee in the journal Putu et al (2018). Customer loyalty to a brand is influenced by customer trust in it. According to relationship marketing theory, brand trust will be a major factor in determining initial brand loyalty. According to the description given above, brand trust can be defined as a customer’s willingness to believe that a brand will provide favorable outcomes for them, which leads to loyalty and trust in a brand.

According to Delgado in the journal Anang Firmansyah (2019), brand trust indicators are divided into 2 elements, namely:

1. Brand reliability, namely the buyer’s certainty that the goods can fulfill what is guaranteed with the view that the brand can solve problems and can also provide satisfaction. As a result, consumers develop trust in a brand when it is able to deliver on its promises and ensure that they will continue to receive the same level of satisfaction. Honesty, convenience, service procedures and services offered to ensure customer satisfaction are all aspects of brand reliability.

2. Brand intention, namely customer assurance that the product can prioritize their needs when unexpected problems with product use develop. Therefore, intentionality refers to the idea that brands will pay attention to what customers need and will not take advantage of their gullibility by offering compensation for problems using the product.

Relationship between Experiential Marketing, Social Media Marketing, Brand Trust and Repurchase Intention

Someone will be willing to make a repeat purchase because the consumer has experienced, felt, and provided experience by purchasing a product that suits their desires and needs as a consumer. Thus, the higher the consumer’s experiential marketing, the higher the consumer’s repurchase interest in the product they have purchased. Based on research by Yanto (2018) on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Repurchase Intention through Experiential Value among Pasa Rame Restaurant Consumers in Surabaya” and research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Many companies use social media as a way to connect, sell, and build connections with their consumers. This communication channel is ideal for exchanging knowledge and ideas. Because social media conveys the brand, customers perceive it as more authentic. The purpose of advertising is to inform customers about the company brand, so this will have an impact on their decision to make a repeat purchase. There are various ways to promote, but Instagram is one of them. Making customers remember a brand or product by using promotional advertising on social media is very important to increase repurchase interest. Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020) on “Analysis of the Effect of Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention Through Brand Trust as a Mediating Variable on Instagram Adidas Indonesia in Surabaya” and on research by Khoirunnisa, et al (2021) on “The Effects of Experiential Marketing and Social Media Marketing on Repurchase Intention with Brand Trust as Variable Mediation for Wearing Klamby Hijab Fashion Products” proves that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention.

Experiential marketing is a marketing effort carried out by a company to focus on creating impressive experiences for consumers. Consumer confidence in the product’s ability to fulfill the brand’s promises of value and goodwill based on consumer confidence in the brand’s ability to prioritize consumer interests is the basis of brand trust. It can be concluded that the relationship between experiential marketing and brand trust is that consumers will be willing to make repeat purchases because these consumers have a sense of trust and feel comfortable with the fulfillment of their desires and needs in purchasing products, because the better the brand experience, the higher the level of consumer trust in the brand. . Based on Oktafia’s (2016) research on “Analysis of the Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and Customer Loyalty by Mediating Customer Satisfaction (Case Study on Garuda Indonesia Airline Customers in the West Jakarta Region)” and Andriny’s (2015) research on “The Effect of Experiential Marketing on Brand Trust and J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customer Loyalty in Pontianak City (Survey of J.CO Donuts & Coffee Customers in Pontianak City)” proves that experiential marketing has a significant effect on brand trust.

One of the keys to establishing a better relationship with a brand is trust, which can also be used to build relationships with future customers. Social media marketing is a new medium for transaction processes when it comes to sharing information and promoting items of business. Using social media as a tool because this marketing tactic has the ability to help businesses achieve their goals, especially through increasing brand trust. Based on research from Irawan et al (2020) on “The Influence of Social Media Marketing Activities on Brand Trust, Brand Equity and Brand Loyalty on the Instagram Social Media Platform” and research by Zulfikar (2017) on “The Effect of Social Media Marketing on Brand Trust on Instagram Followers Dompet Dhuafa Yogyakarta Branch” shows the extraordinary impact of social media marketing on brand trust.

According to Ngabiso et al (2021), brand trust is the capability of a product that is believed by customers when a product or service can meet the demands made on the brand, both based on consumer trust and prioritizing consumer needs. Because it directly influences repurchase intention, building and maintaining brand trust is very important (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Juwairiyah (2019) on “The Influence of Brand Image, Brand Trust, and Perceived Value on Repurchase Intention on Lion Air Airplane Tickets (Study on Undergraduate Students at Universitas Brawijaya Malang)” and Dellasari (2020) on “The Influence of Customer Experience and Brand Trust on Repurchase Intention in the Erigo Fashion Brand” has a fairly large impact on brand trust on intention to repurchase.

Consumers believe that with positive feedback from experiential marketing, consumers are willing to make repeat purchases. If someone uses an item repeatedly, then it can be said that the consumer is experienced in using the item and can be judged by trusting the product, so that the consumer has the intention to buy the product repeatedly, and vice versa. This means that the better and increased customer trust that results from experiential marketing, the more likely consumers are to increase their repurchase intentions.

It is recognized that one of the keys to strengthening consumer bonds with a particular brand is trust, which is a factor in long-term bonds with customers. Social media is used as a marketing tool because this approach provides several options to meet company goals, one of which is increasing brand trust. A trusted brand is a brand that succeeds in providing consumers with a memorable brand experience that is built on honesty, politeness and integrity (Murthy in the journal Anang Firmansyah, 2019). Building and maintaining brand trust is very important because orders directly influence a customer’s tendency to make more repeat purchases (Dharmayana & Rahanatha, 2018). Based on research by Bawono, et al (2020), it is proven that social media marketing has a significant effect on repurchase intention through brand trust.

Conclusion

Experiential marketing and social media marketing can significantly influence consumers’ repurchase intentions through brand trust because marketing through experience and social media is an effective marketing method in helping consumers more easily and efficiently find out consumer beliefs that arise from repeated consumer views that arise. arises from the product purchased, so that if consumers have a good view of a product, it is more likely that consumers will repurchase the product. This article can be used as a reference for other research that has similar variables to this research, namely experiential marketing, social media marketing, repurchase intention, and brand trust. The author hopes that this research can further assess the variables of experiential marketing, social media marketing, and brand trust as factors that can experience repeat purchase interest.

References

Afifah, K. (2016). Pengaruh social media marketing Instagram terhadap Tingkat Brand Awareness Roaster and Bear Coffee Lounge & Kitchen. Universitas Gadjah Mada.

Andriani, R., & Fatimah, R. (2018). Strategi experiential marketing Sebagai metode Pendekatan DalamMeningkatkan revisit intention Wisatawan Sabda Alam    Garut.    Jurnal    Kajian    Ilmiah,    18(3),    206.

https://doi.org/10.31599/jki.v18i3.287

Andriny, Nova. (2015). PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING TERHADAP BRAND TRUST DANLOYALITAS PELANGGAN J.CO

DONUTS & COFFEE DI KOTA PONTIANAK (Survey Pada Pelanggan J.CO Donuts & Coffee di Pontianak). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Tanjungpura,         Pontianak,            Indonesia)        Didapat        dari https://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/ejmfe/article/view/12016

Christine R. Pardede, S. L. H. V. Joyce Lapian & Merinda Pandowo. (2018). The Influence Of Perceived Value and Trust On Repurchase Intention In Shopee Online Shopping “ Jurnal EMBA , Vol.6 no.1 Januari 2018

Dellasari, Devy. (2020). Pengaruh Customer Experience dan Brand Trust terhadap Repurchase Intention padaBrand Fashion Erigo. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Telkom, Bandung, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://openlibrary.telkomuniversity.ac.id/pustaka/files/162979/jurnal_eproc

/pengaruh-customer-experience-dan-brand-trust-terhadap-repurchase- intention-pada-brand-fashion-erigo.pdf

Dharmayana, I., & Rahanatha, G. (2018). PENGARUH BRAND EQUITY, BRAND TRUST, BRAND PREFERENCE, DAN KEPUASAN KONSUMEN  TERHADAP  NIAT  MEMBELI  KEMBALI.  E-Jurnal

Manajemen, 6(4), 2018-2046.

Durianto, D., Sugiarto, dan Sitinjak, T. (2017). Strategi Menaklukan Pasar Melalui Riset Ekuitas & Perilaku Konsumen. Jakarta: Gramedia.

Ghozali, L., & Latan, H. (2012). Partial Least Square : Konsep, Teknik dan Aplikasi SmartPLS 2.0 M3. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.

Hair, Joseph F., G. Tomas M. Hult., Christian M. Ringle., and Marko Sarstedt. 2017. A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modelling (PLS-SEM). 2e Edition USA: Sage.

Irawan, Alfian Dally & Aswin Dewanto Hadisumarto. (2020). Pengaruh Aktivitas Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand TrustBrand Equity, dan Brand Loyalty Pada Platform Social Media Instagram. (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Indonesia, Depok, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://scholarhub.ui.ac.id/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1045&context=jmui

Juwairiyah, Syaima. (2019). Pengaruh Brand ImageBrand Trust Dan Perceived Price Terhadap Repurchase Intention Pada Tiket Maskapai Penerbangan Lion Air (Studi Pada Mahasiswa/I S1 Universitas Brawijaya Malang). (Skripsi, Program Sarjana Universitas Brawijaya, Malang, Indonesia) Didapat dari https://repository.ub.ac.id/id/eprint/174626/

Khoirunnisa, A., & Astini, R. (2021). The effects of experiential marketing and social media marketing on repurchase intention with Brand Trust as variable mediation for wearing KLAMBY hijab fashion products.European Journal of Business and Management Research6(6), 35–41. https://doi.org/10.24018/ejbmr.2021.6.6.1145

Mileva, L., & DH, A. F. 2018. Pengaruh social media marketing terhadap Keputusan Pembelian (survei onlinepada Mahasiswa Sarjana Jurusan Ilmu administrasi bisnis angkatan 2014/2015 fakultas Ilmu Administrasi Universitas Brawijaya Yang Membeli starbucks menggunakan line). Jurnal Administrasi                                                Bisnis.

http://administrasibisnis.studentjournal.ub.ac.id/index.php/jab/article/view/2 421

Ngabiso, F., Radji, D. L., & Kango, U. (2021). Pengaruh Citra Merek (Brand Image) Dan Kepercayaan Merek (Brand Trust) Terhadap Loyalitas Merek (Brand Loyalty) Pada Produk Air Minum Dalam KemasanMerek Aqua (Studi Pada Konsumen Amdk Merek Aqua Di Kota Gorontalo). Jurnal Ilmiah Manajemen Dan Bisnis4(1), 1-12.

Pham, Q., Tran, X., Misra, S., Maskeliūnas, R., & Damaševičius, R. (2018). Relationship between convenience, perceived value, and repurchase intention in online shopping in Vietnam. Sustainability10(2), 156. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10010156

Priansa, D.J. (2017). Komunikasi pemasaran terpadu pada era media sosial, Edisi Pertama. Cv Pustaka Setia.

Ratnasari, N., Susandy, G., & Apriandi, D. W. (2019). THE INFLUENCE OF SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING AND ONLINCE CONSUMER BEHAVIOR IN THE CITY OF SUBANG ON THE BRAND STORY OF THE INSTANT MESSENGER LINE APPLICATION . Diskursus Ilmu

Manajemen STIESA (Dimensia) , 1-10.

Saraswati, K. D., Sanjaya, P. K. A., & Trarintya, M. A. P. (2021). Pengaruh Variasi Produk Dan Store Atmosphere Terhadap Repurchase Intention. Widya Amarta: Jurnal Manajemen, Kewirausahaan Dan Pariwisata1(2), 431-442.

Sari, N.N., Fauzi, A. and Rini, E.S. (2021) ‘The effect of electronic word of mouth (E-wom) and brand image on repurchase intention moderated by Brand Trust in the Garuda Indonesia airline’, International Journal of Research and Review, 8(9), pp. 81–91. doi:10.52403/ijrr.20210912.

Sekaran, U. (2014). Metodologi Penelitian untuk Bisnis (Research Methods for Business). Buku 1 Edisi 4. Jakarta: Salemba Empat.

Skandalis, A., Byrom, J., & Banister, E. (2019). Experiential marketing and the changing nature of extraordinary experiences in post-postmodern consumer culture. Journal of Business Research97, 43–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2018.12.056

Tong, T. K. P. B. (2020). Analisa Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Repurchase Intention Melalui Brand Trust Sebagai Variabel Mediasi Pada Instagram Adidas Indonesia di Surabaya. Jurnal Strategi Pemasaran.

Wicaksono, B. E., & Budiatmo, A. (2017) PENGARUH EXPERIENTIAL MARKETING  &   EMOTIONAL   BRANDING   TERHADAP

REPURCHASE MELALUI BRAND TRUST (Studi Kasus pada Konsumen Garuda Indonesia di KotaSemarang). Jurnal Ilmu Administrasi Bisnis, 7(1), 12-23.

Zulfikar, A. R., & Mikhriani, M. (2017). Pengaruh Social Media Marketing Terhadap Brand Trust Pada followers Instagram Dompet Dhuafa cabang Yogyakarta. Al-Idarah: Jurnal Manajemen Dan Administrasi Islam,1(2),

279. https://doi.org/10.22373/al-idarah.v1i2.1663

LINK TO DOWNLOAD PUBLISHED PDF

Unveiling the Voices Within: Navigating Speaking Anxiety Among English Language Learners towards Honing their Learning Strategies

Shanti Polamuri

HOD, Assistant Professor

Department of English

Maharashtra College

Abstract:

Language is a powerful tool that allows us to communicate, connect, and express ourselves. As the world becomes increasingly interconnected, the ability to communicate effectively in different languages has become an essential skill. In response to this demand, language instruction methods have evolved, placing a significant emphasis on the development of oral communication skills. This shift has been driven by the recognition that speaking is not only a fundamental aspect of language acquisition but also one of the most challenging. However, amidst the efforts to cultivate these skills, an often-overlooked obstacle emerges—speaking anxiety. This article delves into the evolution of language instruction methods, the complexity of oral communication, the impact of speaking anxiety in second language (L2) environments. Furthermore, the identification process explains how these factors affect students’ ability to learn and perform in an instructional environment, given that L2 classrooms are often structured according to the formation of groups with different dynamics that may have a more significant effect or impact on learners’ speaking anxiety. 

Keywords: Language acquisition, speaking anxiety, instructional environment, language dynamics, difficulty of oral communication etc., 

Importance of language learning

The evolution of language instruction methods reflects a profound understanding of the importance of oral communication. Language is not merely a collection of words and grammar rules; it is a means to convey thoughts, emotions, and ideas. Recognizing this, language educators have shifted their focus from rote memorization and passive learning to active engagement through speaking. This transformation is fueled by the understanding that speaking is a vital skill that individuals must acquire to participate fully in a globalized world. However, the path to becoming an adept speaker is far from easy. 

Speaking involves a multitude of intricacies, including pronunciation, intonation, vocabulary selection, grammar usage, and fluency. The convergence of these elements requires practice and persistence. Despite its importance, speaking often poses a significant challenge for language learners. The intricate web of skills and knowledge required for effective communication can be overwhelming. Amidst this complexity, anxiety emerges as a formidable barrier.

Anxiety, particularly in L2 environments with limited opportunities for target language communication, can cripple the language acquisition process. Learners grappling with speaking anxiety may find themselves paralyzed by fear of making mistakes, being judged, or not being able to express themselves eloquently. As a result, they might avoid engaging in conversations or participating in class discussions, depriving themselves of the crucial practice necessary for improvement. Several studies focused on the significance of public speaking anxiety as a primary factor affecting academic achievement, sheds light on the intricate interplay between speaking English, speaking anxiety, and the L2 classroom setting. The emotional variables associated with speaking anxiety further complicate the landscape, as learners’ self-esteem, confidence, and motivation are profoundly affected. By examining these relationships, the study aims to provide evidence that anxiety is a leading cause of poor performance among language learners.

The evolution of language instruction methods reflects a shift towards prioritizing oral communication skills, recognizing their pivotal role in effective language acquisition. However, the complexity of speaking, coupled with the presence of speaking anxiety, poses a substantial challenge for learners, particularly in L2 environments. Several studies on speaking anxiety’s impact on language acquisition underscores its detrimental effects, focusing on public speaking anxiety’s role in academic achievement. Ultimately, understanding and addressing speaking anxiety could lead to more effective language instruction and improved outcomes for learners worldwide.

Learners possess an innate curiosity for the unfamiliar and a penchant for imitation, making it an optimal foundation for embarking on language acquisition. Observing their surroundings and tuning into the cadence of everyday life, children effortlessly assimilate language without conscious effort. This process occurs through a blend of aural and visual perception, nurturing their growth. Consequently, childhood serves as an opportune phase for language acquisition, characterized by an informal and almost subconscious learning experience. ELT has reached a point where the acquisition of language skills is of increasing importance. The level of acquisition is determined by the growth of communication skills, namely speaking. The deficiency emerges at this point because improving speaking skills at the school level received less emphasis. Students who lack accuracy and fluency lose confidence and motivation to utilise the language. Numerous variables influence the language-learning and -teaching process. The significant component is linked to the scenario of instructed language education. With this as the focal point, this study seeks to discover reasons for lousy performance, learners’ strategies to reduce nervousness, and expectations during speaking sessions.

Speaking Anxiety

Anxiety, a complex and uncomfortable emotional state, has long intrigued psychologists and researchers for its significant impact on human behavior and well-being. Initially defined by Freud as “something felt,” anxiety encompasses a distressing emotional condition characterized by feelings of tension, apprehension, nervousness, and worry, often accompanied by physiological responses triggered by the autonomic nervous system (Horwitz et al., 1986, p. 125). While anxiety is commonly linked to perceiving present or future threats (Barlow, 1988; Behnke and Beatty, 1981), it assumes a particularly powerful role in the context of second language acquisition, where it manifests as second language anxiety, profoundly affecting learners of English as a second language.

Oral communication in a second language is frequently perceived as an anxiety-inducing experience, resulting in negative outcomes for language learners. The act of speaking in a new language brings with it the potential for miscommunication, errors, and a sense of vulnerability. Consequently, the fear of these potential challenges triggers high levels of anxiety, particularly before and during speech engagements. This phenomenon aligns with the observation that speakers experience heightened levels of worry and anxiety in relation to their communication performance (Barlow, 1988). However, the study of this anxiety could serve as a catalyst for more effective communication practices, aiming to enhance individuals’ ability to convey their thoughts and ideas confidently and competently in front of an audience.

Within the realm of educational studies, anxiety has been examined as a relatively consistent personality trait, known as feature anxiety. Learners exhibiting this trait are prone to experiencing anxiety across various situations. In contrast, state anxiety is a transient emotional state triggered by specific circumstances, while situation-specific anxiety refers to a recurring trait associated with particular situations (Spielberger, Anton and Bedell, 1976). Notably, in the context of language learning, studies have revealed that language learning anxiety tends to be situation-dependent, indicating that it surfaces in specific scenarios (Gardener, 1991b; Horwitz, 2001). This propensity for situation-dependent anxiety is particularly pronounced in language learning environments, such as classrooms.

Anxiety as an intricate emotional state, holds considerable sway over human behavior and cognition. In the realm of language acquisition, second language anxiety significantly affects learners attempting to communicate in an unfamiliar language. This anxiety can stem from the fear of potential mistakes and miscommunications. However, by delving into the study of these anxieties, educators and researchers aim to empower individuals to navigate the challenges of speaking in a second language more effectively. Moreover, the distinction between feature anxiety, state anxiety, and situation-specific anxiety in educational settings underscores the complexity of anxiety’s manifestations and their implications for language learners. This intricate interplay of emotions and communication serves as a foundation for enhancing language instruction and promoting more effective communication education. As a student organises and prepares for an impending speaking activity or oral presentation in front of others, negative thoughts about the activity or session may exacerbate feelings of anticipatory anxiety linked with the assigned speaking task. This psychological phenomenon challenges teachers and instructors whose ultimate purpose is to educate and train students to be good communicators.

Awareness of Anxiety in the English Language Classroom

The pervasive influence of the English language has led to its recognition as a vital and essential component of modern life. Students, cognizant of its global reach and multifaceted benefits, attribute numerous virtues to their ability to speak English. From being perceived as “Universal” and “Global” to fostering a sense of “Prestige” and “Belonging,” English is regarded as more than just a language; it is a powerful tool that profoundly shapes their academic and personal journey.

For students, speaking English is synonymous with confidence. The ability to communicate effectively in this language empowers them to overcome linguistic barriers and engage confidently in various situations. It instills a sense of belonging, enabling them to connect with people across the world and be part of a larger, interconnected community. This interconnectedness not only facilitates personal growth but also serves as a conduit for international recognition. The universality of English enables individuals to expand their horizons, explore new avenues, and flourish on a global stage.

The impact of English extends beyond personal growth; it permeates professional spheres as well. Students are acutely aware that English proficiency is a prerequisite for internships, employment opportunities, and higher education in foreign countries. They understand that mastering English equips them with the tools needed for successful communication and exceptional engagement in diverse international environments. The language becomes an asset during presentations and interviews, allowing individuals to express themselves with eloquence and clarity, thus leaving a lasting impression.

Furthermore, the role of English in fostering effective communication is indispensable in various social contexts. Friendships are deepened through shared conversations, and the ability to comprehend diverse viewpoints enriches relationships. Mastery of English enables individuals to discern attitudes and emotions, thereby facilitating deeper understanding. This proficiency is not only valuable for interpersonal connections but also essential when venturing into unfamiliar territories. When traveling to distant locales, English assumes the role of a “Survival” language, enabling individuals to navigate foreign lands with ease and confidence. The practical implications of English extend to the global marketplace, where it emerges as a tool for professional competitiveness. English proficiency breaks down language barriers, allowing individuals to compete effectively in an international arena. It imparts a touch of sophistication to one’s profile, enhancing their history and increasing their appeal to prospective employers or collaborators. Moreover, it provides a pathway for articulating opinions, transcending cultural differences, and bridging gaps in a world increasingly characterized by diversity. The students recognize that English transcends mere language and assumes the stature of a transformative force in their lives. Its universal appeal, role in fostering confidence, facilitating connections, and enhancing professional prospects, paints a picture of an indispensable tool for personal and academic growth. The students’ profound understanding of English’s significance underscores its pivotal role in shaping their present and future endeavors, both on a personal and global scale.

The aspiration to master the English language resonates with countless individuals, making it a cherished dream for many. English speakers are often regarded as possessing a unique talent and innate gift. This sentiment is amplified by the fact that a substantial portion of pertinent literature and resources are available exclusively in English. For some, the allure of English stems from its ability to serve as a catalyst for achieving predetermined objectives, providing the means to turn aspirations into reality. Others are drawn to English by a genuine affection for the language, valuing the joy of speaking it, regardless of grammatical correctness—embracing it as an avenue for expression and enjoyment. Amidst these motivations, there lies a compelling rationale for learning languages beyond one’s mother tongue. This is particularly pronounced among learners who consider English a foundational subject within their academic journey. The necessity to study English is deeply ingrained, with its significance acknowledged as an essential component of their education. 

Many learners recognize that English is a pathway to frequent and eloquent communication, allowing them to convey their thoughts and ideas fluently. However, for a select few, English is more than just a subject of study—it is a dream that holds the key to their desired professions. Their professional and personal triumphs hinge upon their mastery of the English language. This realization propels them forward, as they understand that their command over English dictates their potential job prospects and the subsequent trajectory of their careers.

Interestingly, amidst the diverse motivations, a prevailing sentiment surfaces that learning English can be enjoyable and comparatively less arduous than other languages. This perception is rooted in the belief that English facilitates more effective communication and technological engagement. Beyond professional and academic motives, there are those who view English as a vehicle for personal fame, intellectual growth, and international recognition. The spectrum of reasons for learning English broadens further, encompassing a range of aspirations. Some are driven by an inherent passion for languages, seeking to immerse themselves in linguistic exploration. Others aspire to be known for their English proficiency, harnessing it as a distinguishing factor. The pursuit of higher education, a promising future, research publication, improved speech delivery, enhanced communication skills, knowledge acquisition, career advancement, and global travel all contribute to the allure of English.

However, despite these aspirations and motivations, learners universally acknowledge a shared challenge: anxiety when speaking English. This unease can significantly impact a learner’s adaptability to the target language and, consequently, their academic pursuits. The link between anxiety and oral performance is well-established, underscoring the need for effective strategies to address this hindrance. Interactive sessions are recommended as a remedy, providing learners with a platform to overcome their fears and gradually develop their speaking abilities. The desire to master the English language encompasses a diverse array of motivations, from personal passion to professional advancement. Learners recognize the transformative power of English, both as a means of effective communication and as a conduit to achieving their dreams. Yet, the presence of anxiety in speaking English highlights the complex interplay between emotional well-being and language acquisition. By addressing this anxiety and fostering supportive learning environments, educators can empower learners to fully embrace the opportunities presented by the English language.

Difficulties of Learners while using English

Learners of a second language (L2) encounter a diverse array of obstacles, often contingent upon the level of exposure they have had to the language. The challenges associated with L2 speech production are multifaceted, encompassing both physical and psychological elements. Among these elements, anxiety plays a significant role, stemming from a variety of valid factors. Issues such as extreme nervousness, lack of self-confidence, memory limitations, attention deficits, insufficient practice, deficient language command, incorrect communication, and inadequate opportunities for interaction all contribute to impeding the communication process. For some learners, cognitive processes can be a stumbling block, making it arduous to select the appropriate words (Woodrow 2006). The struggle to pinpoint the right terms, coupled with the desire to incorporate words from one’s mother tongue, further exacerbates this challenge. In instances of inadequate preparation or recall, confidence can waver, giving rise to heightened anxiety. The absence of prior experience in speaking in front of an audience, coupled with the fear of facing classmates, impedes effective communication. Moreover, concerns over task completion, constructing coherent sentences, and the distractions posed by fellow classmates can cause a breakdown in the communication process.

A pervasive fear is the uncertainty of what to express next during a speech or presentation. Learners grapple with the correct tone, pronunciation, and even forgetting the points they had intended to convey, leading to frustration and heightened apprehension. The struggle to conjure appropriate and unique words spontaneously is a common hurdle, resulting in instances where crucial information is missed during speech.

One of the most pronounced sources of anxiety arises when speaking in front of a group. Many individuals experience an overwhelming sense of terror in this context. The looming fear of stumbling, combined with concerns about potential memory lapses, adds to their anxiety. These anxieties can manifest physically, with shaky hands and legs betraying the inner turmoil. The obstacles faced by L2 learners in mastering oral communication are nuanced and varied, depending on their exposure and experience. The complex interplay of psychological and physical elements, compounded by anxiety arising from a range of valid factors, contributes to the challenges faced during speech production. From memory lapses to fear of facing an audience, these barriers can significantly impact a learner’s confidence and overall performance. Recognizing and addressing these challenges through supportive learning environments, interactive sessions, and strategies to manage anxiety are crucial steps toward empowering learners to navigate the intricate landscape of L2 communication with increased ease and effectiveness.

Strategy to Decrease Anxiety

In the face of an awareness of decreasing their anxiety, learners employ a range of techniques to mitigate their anxiety during speaking sessions. These strategies are designed to create a more comfortable environment, address anxiety-related concerns, and actively overcome the underlying causes of fear.

Guided by teachers’ overarching directions and supervision, learners have embraced tactics aimed at diminishing their stage fright. Techniques such as practicing speeches in front of a mirror to refine facial expressions are beneficial in combating stage fright. Teachers’ encouragement to ensure active participation from all students fosters a collective commitment to speaking, shifting the focus from apprehensive outcomes to the valuable experience itself. For instance, organizing English language games, honing reading skills, engaging with diverse environments, interacting with new individuals, seeking guidance from peers, recalling positive memories, and sharing these experiences before the class are all methods that hold the potential to alleviate anxiety. Additionally, learners advocate for participation in motivating tasks as a means to reduce anxiety, fostering a belief that tackling these tasks head-on enhances their confidence and lessens apprehension.

The importance of interactive sessions and brief presentations as anxiety-reduction strategies has been emphasized by learners. Adopting an “if others can, why can’t I?” mindset instills a positive attitude that bolsters their self-assurance. Expanding interactions to include individuals from different states cultivates a global perspective, promoting a more confident approach to English communication.

The notion that speaking in English leads to increased self-assuredness underscores the transformative power of language mastery. Nurturing amicable relationships with teachers and classmates has been highlighted as pivotal in creating an environment conducive to open expression and reduced anxiety. The freedom to voice opinions and views further nurtures self-assurance, while adopting a calm and composed approach to learning is deemed an effective antidote to anxiety. Thus, learners’ awareness of their weaknesses is accompanied by a proactive approach to addressing and mitigating their anxiety. The strategies they have adopted, guided by teacher input and personal experiences, underscore the significance of fostering a supportive and interactive learning environment. By embracing techniques that encourage engagement, global interactions, positive attitudes, and a calm mindset, learners not only diminish anxiety but also bolster their confidence, paving the way for effective language acquisition and dynamic communication.

Consideration, Perspectives, and Prospects

The expectations of students from their instructors in the context of language learning are indicative of a desire for interactive and engaging classes. Students look forward to classes that are not only informative but also enjoyable, achieved through interactive sessions that foster active participation. In the realm of L2 learning and acquisition, students value timely feedback, personalized interactions, private correction of errors, the emphasis on speaking and listening activities, a comfortable learning atmosphere, frequent opportunities for practice, a friendly demeanor from instructors, and the role of the teacher as a problem-solver.

A prominent sentiment generally shared by English language learners is their aversion to public reprimand or punishment. Learners place great importance on the establishment of a welcoming environment by instructors. They appreciate instructors who can identify errors and provide assistance in a supportive manner. Teachers are viewed as responsible for encouraging extensive reading to enhance vocabulary and reading speed, facilitating language growth through a comprehensive approach.

Feedback from students regarding speaking sessions emerges as overwhelmingly positive, providing both encouragement and room for the improvement of instructors. Some learners may possess the ability to speak but are hindered by their own shyness. The impact of these sessions is described as extraordinary, calming, revitalizing, joyful, and enlightening. Overcoming stage fright within these sessions grants learners a sense of accomplishment, fostering positive emotions. Importantly, the feedback loop established by teachers, who correct and offer assistance, is noted to have a profound impact on learners’ self-perception. The act of being guided and supported by teachers instills a sense of mastery and confidence. This newfound confidence translates into enthusiastic and committed participation in various activities, showcasing the symbiotic relationship between positive teaching practices and student engagement.

The students’ expectations from language instructors reflect a desire for engaging, interactive, and supportive learning environments. The importance of personalized interactions, private error correction, and a focus on speaking and listening activities is evident. The avoidance of public reprimand and the creation of a comfortable atmosphere play crucial roles in facilitating effective learning. Positive feedback loops resulting from teachers’ corrective guidance empower learners with confidence, leading to enthusiastic engagement in various learning activities. Ultimately, the dynamic interaction between students and instructors is key to fostering a rich and productive language learning experience.

Conclusions

The prevailing necessity revolves around establishing an environment conducive to language learning and infusing the process with enjoyment via interactive sessions. Nevertheless, learners are proactively pursuing chances to enhance and showcase their speaking skills. Consequently, the onus predominantly rests on educators to transform English learning and speaking into an enjoyable journey. This entails tailoring activities that align with students’ needs and preferred learning approaches. Equally vital is cultivating a receptive mindset among learners, fostering a high level of enthusiasm and eagerness to accept, acquire, and master the language.

References

  1. Barlow, D.H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York: Guilford.
  2. Behnke, R.R., & Beatty, M.J. (1981). Comparison of anticipatory and performance anxiety in public speaking. Texas Speech Communication Journal, 6, 3-6.
  3. Horwitz, E.K., Horwitz, B.M., & Cope, J (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), 125-132. 
  4. Horwitz, E.K., (2001). ‘Language Anxiety and Achievement’, Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 21: 112-26.
  5. MacIntyre, P.D., R.C. Gardner., (1991b). ‘Methods and Results in the Study of Anxiety and Language Learning: A Review of the Literature, Language Learning 41:513-34.
  6. Woodrow, Lindy., (2006). Anxiety and Speaking English as a Second Language, RELC Journal, 37, pp. 308-323.
  7. Spielberger, C.D. (1966). Anxiety and behaviour. Academic Press.
  8. Spielberger, C., W, Anton and J. Bedell (1976). ‘The Nature and Treatment of Test Anxiety. In M. Zuckerman and C. Spielberger, Emotions and Anxiety: New Concepts, Methods and Applications (Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum) 317-44.
  9. Tercan, Gulsah., Dikilitas, Kenan., (2015). EFL students’ speaking anxiety: a case from tertiary level students, International Association of Research in Foreign Language education and Applied Linguistics ELT Research Journal. 2015, 4(1), 16-27 ISSN: 2146-9814.

Vector Marketing: A Controversial Sales Model

Vector Marketing, a company that operates within the direct selling industry, has been a subject of both fascination and controversy for several decades. Known for its unique sales approach, which involves recruiting and training young people to sell cutlery and kitchenware, Vector Marketing has garnered attention for its marketing strategies, business model, and allegations of deceptive practices. In this essay, we will examine the history, structure, and controversies surrounding Vector Marketing.

History and Structure of Vector Marketing

Vector Marketing was founded in 1981 as the sales arm of the Cutco Corporation, a manufacturer of high-quality kitchen knives and utensils. The company’s business model primarily relies on recruiting college students and young adults as independent contractors, known as “sales representatives” or “cutco reps.” These representatives are responsible for selling Cutco products directly to consumers through in-home demonstrations.

Photo by Canva Studio on Pexels.com

Vector Marketing’s unique structure involves the following key elements:

  1. Recruitment and Training: Vector Marketing actively recruits students and young adults, often targeting those seeking part-time employment or flexible work arrangements. Once recruited, individuals undergo a training program that teaches them sales techniques and product knowledge.
  2. Commission-Based Compensation: Cutco representatives earn commissions based on their sales performance. The more products they sell, the higher their earnings. This commission-based compensation structure is central to Vector Marketing’s model.
  3. In-Home Demonstrations: Representatives are encouraged to conduct in-home product demonstrations to showcase the quality and utility of Cutco products. These demonstrations often involve the use of personal networks to secure appointments with potential customers.

Controversies Surrounding Vector Marketing

Vector Marketing has faced significant criticism and legal challenges over the years. Some of the main controversies include:

  1. Recruitment Practices: Critics argue that Vector Marketing uses aggressive and deceptive recruitment tactics. Some individuals claim they were misled about the nature of the job and its income potential. This has led to allegations of exploitation of young and inexperienced workers.
  2. High Turnover Rates: Vector Marketing has been criticized for its high turnover rates among representatives. Many recruits do not stay with the company for an extended period, leading to concerns about the sustainability of their income and job security.
  3. Focus on Friends and Family: The company’s emphasis on selling to friends and family has raised ethical questions. Critics argue that this approach can strain personal relationships and create discomfort among representatives and their social circles.
  4. Legal Challenges: Vector Marketing has faced legal action in the form of class-action lawsuits and regulatory investigations. Some cases have alleged violations of labor laws and deceptive business practices.
  5. Income Disparities: Despite promises of high earnings, many Vector Marketing representatives reportedly earn very little, especially when factoring in the time and expenses associated with the job. This has fueled accusations of income inequality within the organization.

Conclusion

Vector Marketing’s unconventional sales model has drawn both intrigue and criticism. While some individuals have had positive experiences and found success as Cutco representatives, others have voiced concerns about recruitment practices, high turnover rates, and income disparities. It is essential for potential recruits to thoroughly research and understand the company’s business model and to be cautious when considering opportunities with Vector Marketing or any direct selling organization.

As with any business, transparency, ethical practices, and adherence to labor laws are essential for maintaining a positive reputation and ensuring that individuals are not taken advantage of in the pursuit of employment and financial stability. Ultimately, Vector Marketing’s impact on the lives of its representatives and the perception of its business practices will continue to be subjects of debate and scrutiny in the years to come.

Benefits of Distance Learning Courses

Shashikant N Sharma

Distance learning courses are educational programs that allow students to study remotely, often from the comfort of their own homes, without the need to attend a physical classroom. These courses utilize various technologies and online platforms to deliver instructional materials, assignments, and assessments to students. Distance learning can take several forms, including online courses, correspondence courses, video conferencing, and more.

Photo by Max Fischer on Pexels.com

Whether distance learning courses are equally useful as traditional in-person courses depends on various factors, including the individual’s learning style, the quality of the course, and the specific goals of the learner. Here are some points to consider:

  1. Flexibility: Distance learning offers greater flexibility in terms of when and where you study. This can be particularly advantageous for individuals with work or family commitments that make attending traditional classes difficult.
  2. Accessibility: Distance learning allows access to a wide range of courses and programs that may not be available locally. This can be especially beneficial for those seeking specialized knowledge or degrees.
  3. Self-discipline: Distance learners need to be self-motivated and disciplined to manage their time effectively and stay on track with coursework. In contrast, traditional classroom settings often provide more structure.
  4. Interaction: In-person classes often facilitate immediate interaction with instructors and peers, which can be essential for some subjects. However, many distance learning programs incorporate discussion boards, video conferencing, and other tools to foster online interaction.
  5. Quality of Instruction: The quality of distance learning courses varies widely. Some institutions and programs offer high-quality online education with well-designed materials and experienced instructors. Others may not meet the same standards.
  6. Accreditation: It’s important to ensure that the institution offering the distance learning course is accredited, as this can affect the recognition of the degree or certification.
  7. Learning Style: Some people thrive in an independent learning environment, while others benefit from the structure and face-to-face interactions of traditional classes.
  8. Cost: Distance learning can sometimes be more cost-effective, as it eliminates the need for commuting and can often offer lower tuition fees. However, this can vary depending on the institution and the program.

In summary, distance learning courses can be equally useful for individuals who have the self-discipline and motivation to succeed in an online environment. They can offer numerous advantages in terms of flexibility and accessibility. However, the effectiveness of distance learning also depends on the quality of the program, the support provided, and the individual’s learning preferences. It’s essential to research and choose programs carefully to ensure they meet your educational and career goals.

How Legal Services can be Automated

Legal services can be automated to some extent using technology and artificial intelligence (AI) tools. Automation in the legal field can help improve efficiency, reduce costs, and streamline various processes. Go Answer is one of such website providing online legal services. Here are several ways in which legal services can be automated.

Photo by August de Richelieu on Pexels.com
  1. Document Automation:
    • Contract generation: AI-powered contract automation tools can create standard contracts and agreements based on predefined templates and variables.
    • Legal document review: AI can analyze and review large volumes of legal documents, such as discovery documents, to identify relevant information and flag potential issues.
  2. Legal Research:
    • AI-powered legal research tools can quickly search through vast databases of case law, statutes, regulations, and legal literature to provide attorneys with relevant precedents and information.
  3. Due Diligence:
    • AI can assist in due diligence processes for mergers and acquisitions by analyzing and summarizing large sets of documents and highlighting key information or potential risks.
  4. E-Discovery:
    • Automated e-discovery tools can help identify and categorize electronic documents for litigation purposes, reducing the time and cost associated with manual review.
  5. Contract Management:
    • Contract management software can automate contract tracking, reminders for renewal dates, and compliance monitoring, ensuring that contractual obligations are met.
  6. Legal Chatbots:
    • Chatbots can be used for initial client intake, answering frequently asked questions, and providing basic legal information to clients or website visitors.
  7. Predictive Analytics:
    • AI can analyze historical case data to predict case outcomes, helping lawyers make informed decisions and prioritize their workload.
  8. Virtual Legal Assistants:
    • Virtual legal assistants powered by AI can perform administrative tasks, manage schedules, and handle client communication, freeing up attorneys to focus on higher-value tasks.
  9. Billing and Timekeeping:
    • Automated time tracking and billing software can streamline the billing process, making it more accurate and efficient.
  10. Compliance Monitoring:
    • Automated systems can continuously monitor changes in laws and regulations, alerting legal teams to potential compliance issues.
  11. Intellectual Property Management:
    • Automation tools can assist in managing intellectual property portfolios, including trademark and patent applications, monitoring for infringements, and renewals.
  12. Online Dispute Resolution (ODR):
    • ODR platforms can help resolve certain types of disputes through automated processes, reducing the need for litigation.
  13. Data Security and Privacy:
    • Automation can help ensure compliance with data security and privacy regulations by monitoring data breaches and implementing security measures.
  14. Client Communication:
    • Automated email campaigns and client portals can keep clients informed about case progress and upcoming appointments.

It’s important to note that while automation can bring many benefits to the legal field, there are also limitations and ethical considerations. Human judgment, legal expertise, and ethical decision-making are still essential in many legal matters. Automation should complement the work of legal professionals rather than replace it entirely. Additionally, data security and confidentiality must be rigorously maintained when automating legal processes.

Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria Society: The Case of Boko-Haram

1Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

2Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

3Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

4*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

*Corresponding author*

Abstract

This paper examined the issue of terrorism in contemporary Nigeria society paying particular attention to the case of Boko-Haram. Boko-Haram is a form of well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of Nigeria. The paper utilized secondary data and was anchored on frustration-aggression theory. Amongst other factors, the paper argues that it is evident that the Boko-Haram sect exploits widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy in Nigeria to perpetrate their terrorist acts. The reasons ranged from the frustrations of the unemployed youths and some people who dropped out of school. The paper posits that unless something is done to control it, a better, safer and more prosperous society emerging in Nigeria will remain elusive. Thus, the study recommends that there is need to review and restructure current governmental programmes to create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment since current governmental  programmes have not met the employment need of the society. Also, present laws and practices guiding education system in Nigeria should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is need to explore the extant laws and ascertain the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.

Keywords: Boko-Haram, Terrorism, Unemployment, Indiscriminate violence, Nigeria

1.1 Introduction 

Terrorism is one of the most challenging problems facing Nigeria today. The issue of terrorism and how to control it has remained a recurrent debate among scholars in the Nigerian socio-politics, yet there seems to be no end in sight. According to Ikeke (2015), when terrorism happens in any society, it affects almost every segment of that society. It brings about the destruction of human life and property; and the destruction of bio-cultural diversity. The lives of people and that of society are impeded. To Boff (2006:47), terrorism is today the major threat to the current global order, and its power can strike anywhere in the world.

 Eno, Eno, Ingiriis and Haji (2012) maintained, humans need not justify terrorism of any kind, regardless of whether one is Muslim, Christian or Jew, because it is the axis of evil and devastation of mankind. To Ogudiya and Amzat (2008), terrorism is a socio-political disorder that has grown to the detriment of the international security system and global economy. Acts of terrorism have increased over the years since September 11, 2001 terrorist attack directed at the United States of America. Since then, some nations, including Nigeria, have been suspected as pro-terrorist countries, possible haven for the terrorists and prone to terrorist attack (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Ogudiya & Amzat, 2008).

Terrorism is the use of intentional indiscriminate violence and intimidation such as mass destruction of lives and properties, kidnapping and assassination against members of the public as a means to create fear in order to achieve a political, religious and other aims. According to America’s State Department, terrorism is the premeditated, politically motivated violence perpetrated against non-combatant targets by sub-national groups or clandestine agents, usually intended to influence an audience. Oyeniyi (2010) defines terrorism as any act which is a violation of the criminal laws of a state party and which may endanger the life, physical integrity or freedom of, or cause serious injury or death to any person, any number or group of persons or causes or may cause damage to public or private property, natural resources, environmental or cultural heritage and is calculated or intended to: 

  • intimidate, put in fear, coerce or induce any government, body, institution, the general public or any segment thereof, to do or abstain from doing any act, or to adopt or abandon a particular standpoint or to act according to certain principles; or 
  • disrupt any public  service, the delivery of any essential service to the public or to create a public  emergency; or 
  • create general insurrection in a state.

Wilkinson (2006:328) noted that terrorism can be distinguished from other forms of violence in the following ways: 

  • It is premeditated and designed to create a climate of extreme fear. 
  • It is directed at a wider target than the immediate victims. 
  • It is considered by the society in which it occurs as ‘extra-normal’, that is, it violates the norms regulating disputes, protest and dissent.
  •  It is used primarily, though not exclusively to influence the political behavior of governments, communities or specific social groups.

 Mooney, Knox and Schacht (2002) are of the view that terrorism could be used to publicize a cause, promote an ideology, achieve religious freedom, attain the release of a political prisoner, or rebel against a government. What actually defines terrorism is not the motive but the means utilized in driving the motive (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Ogundiya & Amzat, 2008).

In Nigeria, Boko-Haram (which loosely interprets to western education is sin) is a well-known terrorist group that has caused havoc and displaced many citizens; particularly in the North-Eastern part of the Country. These acts of terrorism have seriously caused untold hardships to the Nigerian citizens. Beri (2017) asserts that Boko Haram continues to target civilians and government infrastructure despite several rounds of operation conducted by the Nigerian Army. Boko Haram, which came up in 2009, had emerged as the ‘world’s deadliest terrorist organization’ by 2014. In the last eight years, it is said that Boko Haram has taken 20,000 lives, displaced 2.6 million people, created 75,000 orphans and caused about nine billion Naira worth of damage. Links with the ISIS, with leadership tussle between Abubakar Shekau and ISIS favouring Abu Musab al-Barnawi, have turned the situation more complex (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Beri, 2017). 

Despite the havoc and challenges Boko-Haram is causing in Nigeria, slow implementation of counter-terrorism framework by the members of the security agencies has created a security gap which they utilize to perpetrate their evil acts. Similarly, divisions in the country along ethnic, religious, and regional lines in addition to support they receive from some members of the public have boosted their operation.

1.2 Overview of Boko-Haram in Nigeria

Popoola (2012) reports that Boko Haram is a militant Islamic sect based in Northern Nigeria. Otherwise known as Jama’atu Ahlis Sunna Lidda’awati Wal-Jihad, these mean, “people committed to the propagation of the Prophet Mohammed’s teachings and jihad”.  The group was formed around 2002. Nwanze (2014) maintained that the militant group saw society, particularly the government of Mala Kachalla as irredeemably corrupt. So, in the middle of 2002, the group, under its founder, Mohammed Yusuf, embarked on a hijra to Kanama in Yobe state. The quote below vividly captures the Islamic interpretation of Mohammed Yusuf’s hijra:

In Islam, a hijra is a journey from the bad world to go and be closer to God. The Prophet undertook one, from Mecca to Medina. Usman dan Fodio also undertook his own hijra, to Gudu, when Yunfa wanted to kill him (Nwanze, 2014). 

Kanama is probably where they had their first foreign contact. While there, more members joined, some of these new members were the kids of influential Northern leaders, such as the son of Yobe’s governor at the time “Bukar Abba Ibrahim” (Nwanze, 2014). Guided by the meaning of the name “Boko Haram” (western education is sinful), some people view their mission as reformist in nature. In 2004 after the group moved to Kanamma, Yobe state, they set up a base called ‘Afghanistan’ from where it attacked nearby police stations, killing police officers (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022; Poopola, 2012). 

For strategic operational reasons, Yusuf extended the operations of the group to Maiduguri, Borno state, in 2009 where he attacked and killed several political and religious leaders or their families, especially, those who had openly condemned or criticized Boko Haram’s activities. From that moment, the group stepped up their operations and by 2011 several government officials as well as security operatives were killed (Popoola, 2012).  

In the same year 2011, the group struck other targets in the north including the Federal Capital Territory (FCT), Abuja, where they bombed the police headquarters and the United Nation’s office. When the group struck at Damaturu and Potiskum, Yobe state, on November 4th, the police confirmed the death of 65 people (Popoola, 2012).  The devastating effect of the group’s attack has thus forced several government ministries, parastatals, and corporate establishments to step up security measures in an attempt to protect lives and property (Popoola, 2012). Ekwueme (2011:42) argues that Boko Haram is fast becoming Nigeria’s version of Muslim extremists operating with impunity elsewhere, maiming and killing those they consider as infidels. Ekwueme (2011:42) also asserts that the group’s teachings resemble that of the Afghanistan Taliban. They believe that any teaching or education that does not conform to the tenets of Islam is sinful and should not be taught at all. They also believed that it was the influence of western education that is watering down Islamic teaching and weakening Islam itself.  

Ekwueme (2011:43) went further to argue that the group exploited the country’s dysfunctional school system that is plagued with numerous strikes by teachers, widespread youth unemployment, and a high prevalence of illiteracy. The group also exploits the absence of an effective security system in the country.  Taking advantage of these economic frustrations and corrupt leadership of the country, they were able to win many converts. Even highly educated and well-connected members of the society joined the sect, and because their teaching addressed the frustrations of the unemployed youths, some of them dropped out of school, left their homes and joined the group fully (Ekwueme, 2011:43). Guardian newspaper (2011:43) expressed a similar view when she argued that Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” (p. 43).  

1.3 Causes of Boko-Haram Terrorism in Nigeria

 Olawale (2016) identified the following as the causes of violence in Nigeria and each of these causes has implication in this study:

Poor economy and unemployment: Olwawale (2016) identified that the escalating state of violence in Nigeria has been incessantly linked to poor economy and high level of youth unemployment.  Nigeria’s economy has been marred by corruption and thorough mismanagement of public funds. This has led to widespread unemployment, frustration and restiveness among the youths which makes them susceptible to violence. Nigeria’s unemployment rate is above the sub region’s average that increased to 23.9% in 2011 compared to 21.1% in 2010 and 19.7% in 2009 (National Bureau of Statistics, 2012).  The youth constitute 60% of the country’s population, and majority of them are unemployed and underemployed. Since they are idle and frustrated, they become susceptible to violence, societies with strong economies and low unemployment rates record low percentage of violence (Olawale, 2016). The appeal of using terror to get one’s way is becoming an acceptable option among Nigerians because of frustration of not being employed. One of the Nigerian newspaper reported that:

 The Boko Haram is largely populated by young and often educated unemployed believers who are in circumstance restless and disenchanted with a life of idleness and hopelessness. They are therefore, a ready and willing audience for a preacher who, pooh-poohing western education as valueless in this life and in the life to come, calls on his followers to reject it” Guardian newspaper (2011:43).

Lack of equality and justice: Nigeria is a rich country with alarming number of poor people. The country is vast in natural resources and oil wealth which is controlled by the political class. While a lawmaker earns bogus salaries and allowances, a classroom teacher is paid meager amount which is usually delayed, sometimes for a few months. Civil servants earn far less and delayed salaries. Also, government tax citizens yet the infrastructural deficit in the country is depressing; intra and interstate roads are extremely poor, power supply is a mirage, public healthcare is lagging behind, fuel/gas scarcity is incessant among others. Inequality and injustice in Nigeria has instigated provocations and led to violence many times. Violence has become an instrument to seek equality and justice (Olawale, 2016). In support of the above mentioned, Bomani (2016), argued that many of the people who take the route of radicalism are raised in marginalized and deprived regions. It must be pointed out that in most cases the terrorist groups face discrimination in the countries they live, leading to feelings of isolation. Growing sentiments of discrimination can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.

Religious/ethic sentiments: Nigerians are overwhelmingly obsessed about religious and ethnic identities; sadly, religious and ethnic identities play more important roles in election, appointments, employment and admission into public institutions in Nigeria. The religious and ethnic sentiments have led to violence; this has brought global attention and scrutiny to Nigerians. Religious and ethnic sentiments have triggered major violence in Nigeria. Dempsey (2006) opined that the religious and ethnic differences between the Moslem and Christians cum government loopholes as part of the factors that causes terrorism in Nigeria. Similarly, a study has identified that different factors have rendered Nigeria ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.  The factors include religious liberalization which resulted into the proliferation of different religious groups; emergence of sects with diverse beliefs and practices; and the inability of Nigeria government to censor these religious activities (Ali 2002).

Most religious teachings in Nigeria are all about hatred, in most places of worship today ‘Satan who used to be the traditional enemy of mankind is no longer the enemy, but the hatred inbuilt by the religious leaders and preachers, preaching against the basic tenets of religion to encourage violence among the major religious groups, against one another is the common feature in such places of worship whether you are a Christian or a Muslim’ (Ali, 2002). Also, radical Islamic ideologist believes that anything of western values is declared unhealthy and capable of destroying indigenous value systems and this is one of the main reasons of terrorist acts which threaten the country’s peace (Isyaku, 2013).

Political instability: Nigeria’s political terrain is characterized by clashes of interests, mismanagement, and corruption. Equally, Adeyemi (2012) argued that the contemporary terrorism in Nigeria is a latent function of prolonged failure of the government to deliver purposeful good governance. When the Federal, state and Local Governments steal all the money allocated for building schools, hospitals, industries, etc, the greater percentage of the citizenry especially the youths are denied good education, employment and good health. Consequently, these youths are affected socially, psychologically and economically. Also, frustrations, dejection and hopelessness remain a day to day occurrence in their lives. They can easily be brainwashed and indoctrinated with false doctrines and co-opted into illegal societies (Zumve, Ingyoroko & Akuya, 2013). Leadership failure is a big factor that put this country under the siege of terrorism.

Corruption: According to Ikejiaku (2009), corruption creates absolute poverty. Corruption also undermines democracy, rule of law, good governance and insecurity. It destroys the capacity of institutions to perform well. Corruption creates unemployment and other social vices, that is, corruption as perpetuated by public servants and political office holders. relatedly, Zumve, Ingyoroko and Akuva (2013) argued that terrorism and corruption are destructive, horrific and heinous. Both terrorism and corruption are qualified to be described as “monsters”. Most times, persons who are custodians of the government anti-corruption and anti-terrorist apparatus in Nigeria are variously accused of perpetuating corruption or assisting and sponsoring terrorism (Obuah, 2010).

1.4 Consequences of Terrorism in Nigeria

A lot of resources have been channeled towards countering the acts of terrorism by Boko-Haram. The resources that should be used in building the infrastructures, promoting the general welfare of Nigerians and providing a good platform for Nigerians to work is now being used for national security, rehabilitation and health care expenses. This has affected the socio-economic, political and security development of Nigeria. The worst undoing is that these acts of terror by Boko-Haram have made investors skeptical to invest in Nigeria and citizens are scared to go to work (Olawale, 2016). Obi (2015) argued that the activities of the Islamic sect (Boko Haram) had led to loss of lives and properties in the country especially in the Northern part of Nigeria. Some of these activities include bombing, suicide bomb attacks, sporadic shooting of unarmed and innocent citizens, burning of public places such as police stations, churches and kidnapping of school girls and women, etc.

Olawale (2016) and Udama (2013) identified the following as the consequences of Boko-Haram attacks in Nigeria:

  • Loss of Lives and Properties: Over 2 million Nigerians in the North East have been displaced by Boko Haram attacks. This includes over 800,000 children while thousands of lives have been lost, government, corporate and private properties lost in billions of Naira. This has come with the task of rebuilding the affected communities in a post Boko Haram era. Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that the human costs in terms of lives and properties can hardly be valued and quantified since the upsurge of the violence began.  
  • Socio-Economic Stagnation: For states affected by Boko Haram attacks in North Eastern Nigeria, social and economic activities were paralyzed for several months; schools were shut down and pupils withdrawn, businesses were shut down and economic movement in the region became extremely difficult. The violence has stagnated socio-economic activities, since peace is paramount to economic growth. Also, Boko-Haram attacks breed tension in Nigeria, state of emergency/curfew is often declared in the affected areas of the nation (Olawale, 2016). Relatedly, Udama (2013) asserts that Boko-Haram has disrupted and offset the normal social life and number of  lives have been lost. Terrorists’ activities have displaced people from their usual bases to different unintended locations. The mass movement of people creates refugee problems with substantial costs to the individual, host communities and the government. Also, extreme violence repels rather than attract business investors. Boko-Haram attacks have paralyzed the economic activities especially in the northern parts of the country where these incidents are prevalent, thereby worsening the already bad situation. 
  •  Political Effect: Since the rise of Boko Haram, the Islamic sect is spreading terror for years, spreading clouds of fear across the country, and especially in many parts of the north where law and order has collapsed.  Different murderous gangs roam the cities, streets and villages day and night exploding bombs, shooting and killing innocent people. They set homes and business premises on fire, destroying places of worship, and attacking security agents and institutions. The process has promoted anarchy by causing confusion and widespread panic among people in Nigeria. The civil rights of individuals and even their more basic civil liberties as guaranteed by the constitution has been jeopardized. While the Islamic sects unleash terror on the people, the activities of the security agents have become deplorable as well hence the abuses of people’s liberty have become rampant. They have deployed an unconventional and extra-judicial method of shoot at sight which is usually adopted by the government to tackle widespread public disturbances and terrible crimes. The security agents stop people at will, restrict people’s movement by the day and especially at night and kill anyone at the least suspicion. The sects’ activities have spread fear across the length and breadth of not only northern Nigeria but the entire country especially among the political elites. Given the ethnic sensitivity of the country, it has pushed further its political polarization and raised the existing suspicion and distrust especially between the north and south.    

1.5 Theoretical Framework

Frustration- aggression theory of Leonard Berkowitz (1969) was used to explain the phenomenon under discourse.  The theory is a socio-psychological. This theory states that aggression is the result of blocking or frustrating a person’s efforts to attain a goal. This theory has implications in this study because an observation of the Nigerian society, particularly the 20th century and the dawn of the 21st century shows that the Nigeria is pervaded with frustrating events and frustrating circumstances, one in which it could be said that frustration is endemic. Since 1980s, oppression and injustice have been rife, poverty has spread like wild fire, and frustration of the basic needs and aspirations of the vast majority of citizens, including the children and the youth, has been a cardinal feature of decadent society. One result of widespread and severe frustration of the legitimate needs and aspirations of the masses of Nigerians has been the development in the personalities of ordinary Nigerians of varying degrees of hostile and destructive traits, which manifest, in certain cases, in terrorist acts and crises orchestrated by frustrated youths in our societies. Thus, it may defensibly be asserted that a common denominator shared by the phenomena of terrorism, crime and crises in our societies is the existence of hostile and destructive urges in our youths due to frustration. As we have seen, this personality trait, characterized by hostility, and destructiveness, can be traced back to early experiences of frustration, and such experiences come from the environment. It is also interesting to note that, the specific events that trigger violent crises in societies are usually the particular environment of a given society, and can often be seen to involve the frustration or denial of some basic needs. Frustration and denial of basic needs  trigger off terrorism.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) confirmed that Mohammed Yusuf and his Boko Haram ideology found an echo and appeal within the rank of frustrated members of the peasant class in Northern Nigeria. He capitalized on their dwindling economic situation and the ‘Almajiri’ system to attract large followership especially amongst the commoners (peasant class).

1.6 Conclusion

Boko-Haram has become an intrinsic challenge in Nigeria. This challenge has led to serious infrastructural damage in the areas of education, health and social welfare facilities, poor economy particularly in affected areas, while millions are left homeless.  Egbue, Nwankwo and Alichie (2015) claimed that Boko Haram group has done much harm in the past six years in Nigeria. The loss of lives, loss of government owned and private property, failure of sustainable development initiatives by  Nigerians and government, loss of prospective foreign investments are a few of the fallouts of  Boko Haram insurgency in Nigeria.

1.7 Recommendation 

  1. Boko-Haram in Nigeria did not develop from a vacuum; there are some social and political factors that gave birth to it that is why all hands must be on deck in the fight against Boko Haram irrespective of diverse social, political, ethnic, religious or cultural inclination of Nigerians.
  2. There is need to review the current techniques of fighting terrorism by the security agencies and improve its counter-terrorism approaches.
  3. Since current governmental programmes have not met the employment need of the society, there is need to review the current programmes in a way that they can create sustainable jobs and encourage economic empowerment. Since economic deprivation and frustration leads to radicalism.
  4. Our present political structure needs to be reviewed because instability in our political system and bad governance encourages radicalism and terrorism.
  5. There is need for the government to effectively censor the activities of religious activities. Since the inability of the government to censor religious activities in the country has rendered the authority ineffective to combat the rising wave of terrorism.
  6. There is need to engage all the stakeholders and the youth to negotiate ethnic and cultural differences, this will help restructure the country in a way rancour and acrimony can reduce among the people. It is important to note that growing sentiments of discrimination among the people can lead groups to look to more conservative, and eventually, extremist ideologies.
  7. Since there is still a slow pace of literacy level in the present laws and practices guiding the education system, the present laws and practices should be reviewed in a way that literacy level in Nigeria can be improved. In particular, there is the need to explore the extant laws and the extent to which they are being enforced with a view to establishing their efficacy.
  8. There is a need to start the fight against corruption from the institutional level, since corruption encourages terrorism. Fighting corruption from the institutional level allows the understanding of the root causes of corruption and the machineries that breed corruption. By doing so, we will be able to know the best ways to manage and block the loopholes that breed about corruption.

References

Adeniyi, S. (2006, November 3). Nigeria has Lost $300 Billion to Corruption. This Day   Newspaper. P8.

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Ali, T. (2002). The Clash of Fundamentalisms: Crusades, Jihads and Modernity.  London, UK:   Verso.

Beri, R. (2017). Rise of Terrorism in Africa. Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis, New       Delhi.

Boff, L. (2006). Fundamentalism, terrorism and the future of humanity. London: Society for        Promoting Christian Knowledge.

Damaging effect of Boko Haram (2011, February 11). The Guardian. P43.

Dempsey, T. (2006).  Counterterrorism in African failed States: Challenges and Potential            Solutions. Retrieved from  http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/. 

Egbue, N. G.,  Nwankwo, I. U., & Alichie, B. O. (2015). Curbing Boko Haram Terrorist   Insurgence in Nigeria: Imperatives of Quadruple Action Package of Limited Military Response, Improved Social Services, Conflict Resolution Initiatives and Modified            Pacifism. British Journal of Arts and Social Sciences, Vol. 20 (1), 13-29.  ISSN: 2046-           9578.                                                                                                                                          

Ekwueme, C., & Akpan, C. (2011). Mass media and Boko Haram insurrection: A call for            reportorial paradigm shifts. Ota: ACCE Conference proceedings.

Eno, M. A., Eno, O. A., Ingiriis, M. H., & Haji, J. M. (2012). Slavery and Colonialism: The         Worst Terrorism on Africa. African Rennaissance, Vol. 9 (1), 9-26.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victims’ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Ikeke, M. O. (2015). Philosophy and the Problem of Terrorism in Nigeria.  Bassey Andah             Jounal, Vol. 7 (8), 231-241.

Isyaku, A. (2013). Terrorism: A New Challenge to Nigeria’s Stability in the 21st Century.            International Affairs and Global Strategy, Vol 12.  ISSN 2224-574X (Paper)  ISSN 2224-   8951 (Online).         

Mooney, L. A., Knox, D., & Schacht, C. (2002). Understanding  Social Problems (3rd ed.)  US:   Wadworth/Thompson Learning.

National Bureau of Statistics (2013). Nigeria Unemployment Rate.   

Obi, C. K. (2015). Challenges of Insecurity and Terrorism in Nigeria: Implication for National     Development. OIDA International Journal of Sustainable Development, Vol. 8 (2),11-18.

Obuah, E. (2010). Combating Corruption in a “Failed” state. The Nigerian Economic and                         Financial Crimes Commission (EFCC). Journal of Sustainable Development in Africa,         Vol.12 (1).

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Olawale, R. (2016, April 26). Violence in Nigeria: Causes, Effects and Solutions. The Nigerian   Voice. Retrieved from https://www.thenigerianvoice.com/sports/214575/violence-in-        nigeria-causes-effects-and-solutions.html

Oyeniyi, A. B. (2010). Terrorism in Nigeria: Groups, Activities, and Politics. International          Journal of Politics and Good Governance,Vol. 1 (1). ISSN: 0976 – 119.

Popoola, I. S. (2012). Press and Terrorism in Nigeria: A Discourse on Boko Haram. Global          Media Journal ,  Vol 6 (1).

US Department of State (2004). Country Report on Human Rights Practices. Retrieved from       www.state.gov/g/drl/rls/hrrpt/2004/41620.htm.

Wilkinson, P. (2006). Terrorism. The handbook of Security, Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Zumve, S., Ingyoroko, M., & Akuva, I. (2013). Terrorism in Contemporary Nigeria: A Latent      Function of Official Corruption and State Neglect. European Scientific Journal. Vol.9 (8).  ISSN: 1857 – 7881 (Print). e – ISSN 1857- 743

Exploratory study of the internet and business operations in Nigeria

1Ikegbunam, Uchenna Lilian

Department of Educational Foundations and Administration, 

Nwafor Orizu College of Education, Nsugbe, Anambra State

Email: ucikegbunam1@gmail.com

2Chijioke A. C. Okoye

Department of History and International Studies,

Odumegwu Ojukwu University, Igbariam Campus, Anambra State

Email: ca.okoye@coou.edu.ng  

3*Chukwuemeka Dominic Onyejegbu*

Social Sciences Unit, School of General Studies, University of Nigeria, Enugu Campus, Enugu State

Email: onyejegbudominic@gmail.com

Corresponding author*

4Kingsley Obumunaeme Ilo

Department of Political Science, University of Nigeria, Nsukka, Enugu State

Email: kingsley.ilo@unn.edu.ng

Abstract 

Recent cybersecurity reports suggest that cyber-attacks are on the increase, especially as they are mostly deployed innovatively by cyber-criminals to steal personal data, conduct espionage, harm business operations, or deny user access to information and services. In Nigeria, cyber-attacks remain the most notable strategies employed by highly sophisticated cybercrime syndicates in attacking and stealing information from large corporations and Internet users. This study explores how cyber-attacks impinge business operations in Nigeria. Data for the study were gathered from newspapers, e-books, magazines, journals, textbooks and online articles. At the end, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations to spread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure.

Keyword: Cybercrime, Cyber-attack, Internet, Business operations, Corporate organizations.

Introduction

In 2017, African economies lost US$3.5 billion to cyber-attacks with Nigeria holding the biggest loss of US$649 million (Eze, Okpa, Onyejegbu & Ajah, 2022; Africa’s Pulse, 2019; Abdi, 2018). This is seconded by Kenya with a loss of US$210 million. For Nigeria, the US$649 million was about 3.3% of its total national budget for that year 2017 which is bigger than 3.1% of the budget that was allocated to Defense and 1.9% of the budget that was allocated to Health (Punch, 2016).  Despite popular metrics, Nigeria is not particularly a wealthy country as it houses a good percentage of the poorest population in the world (Okpa, Ajah, Eze & Enweonwu, 2022; Kazeem, 2018; Saharareporters, 2018). With 3.2% of the national economic activities lost to cybercrime in 2017, a great number of people and businesses were affected and pushed below poverty line (Ukwayi & Okpa, 2018).   Prince (2019) and Jumoke (2019) affirmed that 60% of Nigerian firms experienced cyber-attacks in 2018 and 43% of these attacks went to small and medium scale enterprises. These financial losses meant that some businesses were shut down while others outrightly downsized their workforce to maintain viability, hence causing more unemployment, poverty and hunger across the country (Eze, Ajah, Okpa & Ngwu, 2022). Approximately one in every eleven Nigerians is unemployed and about 50% of the 180million population live in extreme poverty (Yomi, 2018; Timothy, 2018). These metrics raise more concern with the fact that cybercrime steals about 3.3% of national economic activities per year and is responsible for many businesses shutting down and downsizing, resulting to the tremendous unemployment and poverty that troubles the nation.

            These threats are perpetrated by employing the most intelligent methods by either stealing from people without their knowing or deliberately ensnaring people into parting with their resources . In using deliberate methods, cybercriminals tell cascades of stories to their prospective victims either to win their sympathies or interests. Once this step is achieved, they proceed to lure their victims into parting with their savings (Frank, 2019). This use of deliberate method is the popularly known ‘Yahoo-Yahoo’ in Nigeria. Their deliberate methods can come in the forms of love and romance like the case of Jan Marshall who was defrauded $350,000 by a fake Nigerian lover or in the forms of business opportunities like the case of Emmanuel Nwude who sold a nonexistent airport to Brazilian bankers for $242 million (Ajah, Ajah, Ajah, Onwe, Ozumba, Iyoke & Nwankwo, 2022; Frank, 2019; Farida, 2018). In using deliberate methods, they cajole, ensnare and deceive victims into willingly parting with their resources. This does not only happen from Nigerian fraudsters to foreign victims but also from Nigerian fraudsters to Nigerian victims – but Nigerian victims have continuously failed to tell their stories, likely because of shame, stigma or fear of being condemned as weak or stupid. 

Cybercrime in Nigeria

            In earlier Nigeria as well as earlier Africa, crimes existed but they were highly unsophisticated. Stealing was almost horizontal and people simply walked into crimes. There were no fixed definitions of what comprised crime and what did not; people were merely guided by indigenous laws and definitions of crime. Ani (2019) and Solanke (2011) described indigenous legal system as local elders and chiefs sitting under an Iroko tree to discuss a peculiar behavior and determine whether it is right or wrong. The legal system at the time was both not structurally formed and unsophisticated. Sophistication came with the foreigners when people saw different ways to live – and different ways to also commit diverse crimes. By the time of independence, a few Nigerians had acquired education and sharpened their skills in thinking and sophistication. Fraud and embezzlement among educated public officials kicked-in.  Officials were silently stealing from the people without public’s knowledge. People gradually gained consciousness on the crimes of officials; others also discovered criminal patterns of their own. Cybercrime came with the internet. As the world developed technologically for businesses and social interactions, criminal minded individuals also saw opportunities to expand their methods and reach more people. 

Cybercrime connotes crimes committed on the internet. This may exist in different forms like cyber-fraud, cyber espionage, cyber stalking, hacking, etc. The most common among Nigerian cybercriminals is cyber fraud. Cyber fraud, unlike hacking, requires less technological skills but much social skills. It is the act of relating with other people on the internet with the sole purpose of defrauding them. It usually involves other sub-criminal activities like impersonation and forgery and is more emotionally exhausting than hacking  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). In cyber-fraud, the perpetrators usually approach their victims with business opportunities, romance gestures or unfortunate stories to win their victims’ pity. Once a prospective victim listens and accepts the gestures of the cybercriminal, the victim is made to part with his/her monies to the cybercriminal  (Bentina & Ajah, 2017). These monies are usually victims’ life-savings or borrowed funds. In some cases, the romance method is used and victims also get emotionally affected as well.

            Whether it is cyber-stalking, espionage, cybersquatting, cyber-bullying, identity theft, cyber child pornography or cyber fraud, Nigerian constitution abhors them and finds perpetrators guilty with jail terms and/or fines (Das & Nayak, 2013). An example of identity theft is the imposter of Bola Tinubu on Facebook who was later discovered and arrested (Lawpadi, 2019). Such Identity theft crime on the internet is punishable with no less than 3years imprisonment or ₦7 million fine or both (Cybercrime Act, 2015). 

Cybercrime and Businesses

The cyberspace is driving business innovations and growths globally, and at the same time, exposing corporate organisations to new and emerging internet-assisted crimes (Makeri, 2017; Longe, Ngwa, Wada, Mbarika, & Kvasny, 2009; Quarshie and Martin-Odoom, 2012). Today, the negative frontiers of the cyberspace that corporate organisations are contending with include: hacking, malware attacks, cyber-terrorism, spoofing, phishing, spam, virus attacks, child pornography, cyber vandalism, cyberstalking, data modification, email bombing and cybersquatting (Fanawopo, 2004). The alarming increase in “incidents of cyber-attacks and the resultant economic implications have made the management and security of the cyberspace a paramount concern to multi-stakeholders, driving the process, from the public to the private corporate institutions” (Agugoesi, 2014:8).

Hacking is a complicated technical activity aimed at exploiting systems’ vulnerabilities to subvert security checks, geared towards compromising digital devices such as computers, smartphones, tablets, and networks of organisations for financial gains, corporate espionage and for fun. Hackers are broadly classified into the Black Hat, White Hat and Gray Hat hackers. The Black-hatters are the malicious hackers who hack for economic reasons. The White hatters are the ‘good guys’ in the cyberspace who hack for ethical reasons, while, the Gray hatters hack for ideological reasons (Manne, 2020). The Black-hat hackers sometimes known as crackers are criminals, who use their skills to modify computer hardware or software for malicious intents. These group of individuals use their programming skills, to exploit target systems’ weaknesses and invade the networks of organisations, steal personal and corporate data for personal aggrandisement. Black-hat hacking is committed by a diverse spectrum of actors (lone actors and organized crime syndicate), with different motivations and affiliations (Peters & Jordan, 2019).

 Their motivation ranges from economic gains to stealing and damaging sensitive data, disabling networks, establishing a command and control server, or using the system as a base to wreak future havoc. “Attacks can be active such as a brute-force attack that determines a user’s password, or passive, such as a web-based attack that waits for a user to visit a malicious webpage in an attempt to infect the user’s computer with malicious codes through which they gain access into the target organisations’ networks” (Peters & Jordan, 2019:6). These group of digital opportunists usually cause mayhem in organisations by engaging in DDoS, identity theft, vandalizing networks and creating worms to damage institutional and personal files. Studies have shown that fraudulent emails remain the most widely used strategy by black hatters to attack corporate organisations. Most of such attacks begin with phishing emails, which exploit staff vulnerabilities in order to infect computers with malware. Once the malware is downloaded into the network, black-hat hackers through this medium gain access to the user’s database to forge personal data with which they exploit an organisation. The malware ignorantly downloaded into the network by staff could maliciously delete or transfer information, download destructive programs, providing hackers with unauthorized access to the computer, and more. Black-hat hackers also use psychology to trick staff into clicking on a malicious attachment or providing personal data. Despite differences in hackers’ profile and drive, majority of the attacks by these group of cybercriminals have been found to be trans-national in nature (Peters & Jordan, 2019). This suggests that a single hacking attack can hit countless victims in different countries independent of the location of the attack.

Estimating the global economic impact of black-hat hacking is difficult since most organisations do not report or publish their financial losses. However, The Council of Economic Advisers (2018:8) estimated that “malicious cyber activities cost the U.S. economy between $57 billion and $109 billion in 2016”. “In Kenya, several government websites came under hackers’ attacks, putting huge amounts of citizens’ data and even government revenue collection systems at risk. In 2012, over one hundred (100) Kenyan government websites were defaced by an Indonesian hacker with an estimated loss of $22.4 million. In South Africa, ATMs were massively compromised and huge sums of funds lost to the activities of the hackers in South Africa” (Tobiko, 2014:7).  

Similarly, every successful attack, no matter how insignificant, attracts disastrous consequences for corporate organisations. The abuses of the cyberspace by black hatters portend danger and have stalled the developmental contributions accruable from a well-harnessed ICT adoption, diffusion and utilisation by corporate organisations in Nigeria. This development has widened the digital divide, crumbled the information infrastructure and affected consumer’s confidence in online transactions in Nigeria.

Reporting on the dynamic nature of malware attacks, Jennings, Johnson and Sood (2019) state that malicious actors leverage on automated software and other ICT tools to target small businesses and large corporations. This shows that no organisation whether big or small, production companies or service providers are immune to malware attacks. More recently, scholars such as Lévesque, Chiasson, Somayaji and Fernandez (2018) have employed quantitative approach to explore the interactions between users, antivirus (AV) software, and malware as they occur on deployed systems. Another form of malware known as ransomware in a bid to avoid being traced, it demands that its ransom be paid through bitcoin, this makes their in-put low and their profit very high in addition to their operational anonymity (Jennings, Johnson & Sood, 2019).  

Literature from both developed and developing nations have highlighted operational methods deplored by malware writers to include “code obfuscation and modification as well as inclusion of new behaviour in the malware to improve strength and viability” (Gounder & Farik, 2017). For example, Gounder and Farik’s (2017) research on new ways to fight malware suggests “code obfuscation makes malware code obscure and unintelligible by malware detectors, reduces the size of codes making malware download time and deployment shorter and easier”. This technique can be grouped into “polymorphic or metamorphic”. “Polymorphic virus hides its decryption loops using code insertion and transposition to bypass detection while metamorphic virus evades detection by hiding itself from detectors” (Shah, 2014). 

The corporate organisations ICT components are often the major victims of malware attacks due to failure to secure their operating system designs and other related software vulnerabilities (OECD, 2008). Software vulnerabilities according to OECD (2008) is a function of faulty coding, software not properly configured, or used in a manner not compatible with the suggested uses or improperly configured with other software. These factors allow for loopholes that exposes corporate entities to malware attacks. In the event that internet fraudsters find these flaws, malicious software is created to take advantage of them (Oyelere & Oyelere, 2015). Non-technological factors, such as bad user behaviours and ineffective security policies and processes, may put a company at risk of malware infection. Malwares such as viruses or trojans must be triggered by some kind of user activity, such as clicking on a seemingly trustworthy file or link, opening a phishing e-mail or visiting a compromised website as well as through physical media such as external drives. According to Danchev (2006) “once the system security has been compromised by the initial infection, some forms of malware automatically install additional functionality such as spyware (e.g. keylogger), backdoor, rootkit or any other type of malware, known as the payload”.

Conclusion and recommendations

In Nigeria today, different forms of cybercrimes are committed on a daily basis ranging from phishing, Business Email Compromise, hacking, cyber vandalism, cyber espionage and malware attacks. These cybercrimes are increasing in frequency, dimension and sophistication, thus posing  serious threats to the socio-economic development of businesses, internet users, and national security. The destructive intention of these cybercrimes are to overwhelm, manipulate and damage computers whether personal or corporate without the knowledge of the users. For this reason, countries like “Kenya, Angola, Nigeria, Rwanda, Botswana, Uganda, Tanzania, and South Africa” lost billions of dollars annually to cyber related offences. However, to stem the tide of cyber-attacks, the study calls for businesses to strengthen their network of security, engage in aggressive cyber-security awareness training for staff, leverage advanced detection and response technologies, and use mobile protection solutions or corporate internet traffic protection to avoid the damaging effects of malware on their finances and reputation.  It is equally recommended by the study for corporate organisations tospread their data across smaller sub-networks to help contain attacks to only a few endpoints instead of the entire ICT infrastructure. 

Reference

Abdi L, D. (2018). Cybercrime is costing Africa’s businesses billions. Quartz News. Retrieved from: https://qz.com/africa/1303532/cybercrime-costs-businesses-in-kenya-south-africa-nigeria-billions/

Ajah, L.O., Ajah, M. I., Ajah, B.O., Onwe, E. O., Ozumba, B.C.,  Iyoke, C.A., & Nwankwo, T.C. (2022). A 20 Year Retrospective Review of Rape Pattern in Ebonyi State, South-East Nigeria. Heliyon, 8, e08894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e08894

Abdul-Rasheed Ishowo, S. L., Muhammed, L. A. & Abdullateef, Y. R. (2016). Cybercrime and Nigeria’s external image: A critical assessment. Africology: The Journal of Pan African Studies, 9(6), 119-132.

Ajah, B. O. & Chukwuemeka, O. D. (2019). Neo-economy and militating effects of Africa’s profile on cybercrime. International Journal of Cyber Criminology 13(2), 326-342.

Ani, C, C. (2015). Crime and punishment in African indigenous law. Retrieved from: https://www.academia.edu/31440754/CRIME_AND_PUNISHMENT_IN_AFRICAN_INDIGENOUS_LAW

Beck, U. (2006). Living in the world risk. Society Economy and Society, 35(3), 329-345

Brendler, B. (2007). Spyware/Malware Impact on Consumers; APEC-OECD Malware Workshop; April 2007 (Source: StopBadware Project); available online at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/33/55/38652920.pdf.

Chen, Q. & Bridges, R. A. (2017).  Automated Behavioral Analysis of MalwareA Case Study of WannaCry Ransomware. in Intelligence and Security Informat-ics (ISI), 2017 16th IEEE International Conference on Machine Learning and Applications (ICMLA).

Bentina, A. M. & Ajah, B. O. (2017). Understanding gender dimension of cyber bullying among undergraduates in Nigeria. Ahmadu Bello University Press Limited.

Chinweze, U. C., Chukwuemeka, O. D., Egbegi, F. R. (2019). An exploratory study of cybercrime in the contemporary Nigeria value system. European Journal of Social Sciences Studies. 4 (3), 131-141

Cybercrime Act. (2015). Cybercrimes (prohibition, prevention, etc) act, 2015. Retrieve from: https://www.cert.gov.ng/file/docs/CyberCrime__Prohibition_Prevention_etc__Act__2015.pdf

Das, S.,  & Nayak, T. (2013). Impact of cybercrime: Issues and challenges. International Journal            of         Engineering Sciences & Emerging Technologies, 6 (2), 142-153.

Eze, O.J., Ajah, B.O.*, Okpa, J.T., Ngwu, G. E. (2023). Ethnic-based violence: Nigeria   perspectives. In: Martin, C., V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (Eds), Handbook of anger,     aggression, and violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98711-        4_182-2

Eze, J.O., Okpa, J.T., Onyejegbu, C.D., & Ajah, B. O. (2022). Cybercrime: victims’ shock           absorption mechanisms. UK: IntechOpen. doi: 10.5772/intechopen.106818.

Farida, D. (2018). How Nigerian Fraudsters sold a nonexistent airport for $242 million to a Brazilian bank in 1995. Face2Face Africa. Retrieved from: https://face2faceafrica.com/article/how-nigerian-fraudsters-sold-a-non-existent-airport-for-242-million-to-a-brazilian-bank-in-1995

Frank, C. (2019). Lonely heart, 61, gave her $350,000 life savings to a man she met on dating site Plenty Of Fish – only to find out her urbane Englishman ‘Eamon Donegal Dubhlainn’ was a Nigerian fraudster. Retrieved from: https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3085724/I-groomed-way-child-abuse-victims-Woman-loses-life-savings-350-000-falling-love-British-man-dating-site-sending-money-discover-Nigerian-fraudster.html

Jumoke, A. L. (2015, March 5). SMEs hardest hit by cybercrime, as 60% of Nigerian businesses suffer attacks. Business Day Report, P3.

Lawpadi. (2019). 10 things to know about Nigeria’s cybercrime act 2015. Retrieved from: https://lawpadi.com/10-things-to-know-about-nigerias-cybercrime-act-2015/

Okpa, J. T., Ajah, B. O., Eze, O. J., & Enweonwu, O. A. (2022). Communal conflict and violence: Causes and impact. In C. Martin, V. R. Preedy and V. B. Patel (eds) Handbook         of Anger, Aggression, and Violence. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030- 98711-4_184-1

Understanding Mid-Block Traffic Analysis: A Crucial Tool for Road Safety

Authors: Shashikant N Sharma, Dungar Singh

Traffic analysis plays a pivotal role in urban planning, transportation management, and road safety enhancement. While much attention is given to intersections, mid-block segments of road are often overlooked, even though they are just as critical in ensuring safe and efficient traffic flow. Mid-block traffic analysis is the systematic study of these segments, providing valuable insights into traffic behavior, road design, and safety measures. In this article, we delve into the world of mid-block traffic analysis, exploring its significance and methodologies.

In the realm of transportation and urban planning, ensuring road safety is paramount. The complex dynamics of traffic flow demand comprehensive strategies that go beyond the typical intersection-focused approaches. Mid-block traffic analysis emerges as a crucial tool in this endeavor, addressing a critical aspect of road safety often overlooked.

Mid-block segments, which refer to the sections of road between intersections, are essential components of any urban or suburban roadway network. They present unique challenges and opportunities for traffic management and safety improvement. From pedestrian safety to efficient vehicle flow, understanding and analyzing mid-block traffic is vital for creating safer and more sustainable transportation systems.

This article delves into the intricacies of mid-block traffic analysis, shedding light on its importance, methodologies, and real-world applications. We will explore how this tool can help identify traffic patterns, assess risk factors, and guide the implementation of targeted safety measures. By gaining a deeper understanding of mid-block traffic analysis, we empower urban planners, engineers, and policymakers to make informed decisions that prioritize road safety and enhance the overall quality of transportation networks.

The Significance of Mid-Block Traffic Analysis

Mid-block segments represent the stretches of road that lie between intersections or major junctions. These areas may not have traffic signals, stop signs, or other intersection controls, making them particularly susceptible to various traffic-related issues. Understanding and analyzing traffic patterns in these sections is vital for several reasons:

  1. Safety Improvement: Mid-block segments often witness a significant number of accidents, including pedestrian incidents. Analyzing traffic behavior in these areas helps identify safety deficiencies and implement measures to reduce accidents.
  2. Traffic Flow Optimization: Efficient traffic flow is essential for minimizing congestion and travel time. Mid-block traffic analysis can help identify bottlenecks, congestion points, and areas where traffic calming measures are needed.
  3. Infrastructure Assessment: Evaluating the road infrastructure in mid-block segments ensures that they are designed to accommodate the current and projected traffic volume. This can lead to better road planning and infrastructure development.
  4. Pedestrian Safety: Many mid-block areas have pedestrian crosswalks. Understanding how pedestrians interact with vehicles in these sections is crucial for designing safe pedestrian facilities.

Methodologies for Mid-Block Traffic Analysis

Several methodologies and tools are employed to conduct mid-block traffic analysis, each with its own strengths and applications:

  1. Traffic Counting: The collection of traffic data through various means, such as manual counts, automated counters, or video analysis, is fundamental. These data include vehicle counts, speed, and vehicle classifications.
  2. Speed Studies: Analyzing vehicle speeds in mid-block segments helps identify areas where speed limits may need adjustment or where traffic calming measures like speed bumps are necessary.
  3. Conflict Analysis: Identifying conflict points where vehicles interact, such as lane changes, merges, or diverges, allows for pinpointing potential safety hazards.
  4. Pedestrian Studies: For areas with pedestrian crosswalks, studying pedestrian behavior and the interaction between pedestrians and vehicles is crucial. This includes crosswalk utilization, waiting times, and crossing behavior.
  5. Geographic Information Systems (GIS): GIS technology helps in mapping and visualizing traffic data, allowing for more comprehensive analysis and planning.
  6. Surveys and Observations: Surveys and observations conducted by traffic engineers and transportation experts provide valuable qualitative data on driver behavior, pedestrian activity, and road conditions.
  7. Simulation Modeling: Computer simulation tools can replicate traffic flow scenarios and help assess the impact of different interventions and designs in mid-block segments.

Applying Mid-Block Traffic Analysis

Once data is collected and analyzed, the findings can be applied to improve mid-block traffic safety and efficiency:

  1. Infrastructure Upgrades: Implement changes to road design, signage, lighting, and pavement markings based on analysis results.
  2. Traffic Calming Measures: Install speed bumps, pedestrian refuge islands, or raised crosswalks to slow down vehicles and improve pedestrian safety.
  3. Traffic Enforcement: Allocate resources for increased police presence and enforcement in areas with high accident rates or traffic violations.
  4. Education and Awareness: Launch public awareness campaigns to inform drivers and pedestrians about the specific safety measures in place and how they can contribute to road safety.

Conclusion

Mid-block traffic analysis is a crucial tool for enhancing road safety and optimizing traffic flow in urban areas. By understanding and addressing the unique challenges posed by mid-block segments, cities and transportation authorities can make significant strides in creating safer, more efficient road networks. As technology and methodologies continue to advance, the accuracy and effectiveness of mid-block traffic analysis will further improve, ultimately leading to better and safer transportation systems for all road users.

References

  1. Ogden, K. W., & Hall, F. L. (2017). Urban Traffic Systems. Wiley.
  2. Transportation Research Board. (2018). Highway Capacity Manual (6th ed.). National Academies Press.
  3. Leden, L., & Brühwiler, P. A. (2016). Road Traffic Data: Collection and Analysis. CRC Press.
  4. Zegeer, C. V., Stewart, J. R., Huang, H. F., & Lagerwey, P. A. (2002). Safety Effects of Marked vs. Unmarked Crosswalks at Uncontrolled Locations: Analysis of Pedestrian Crashes in 30 Cities. Transportation Research Record, 1818, 84-94.
  5. Fitzpatrick, K., Koppa, R., Park, E. S., & Carlson, P. (2010). Evaluation of Pedestrian Crosswalks: Analysis of Pedestrian Crashes and Factors Influencing Driver Yielding Behavior. Transportation Research Record, 2188, 40-48.
  6. Federal Highway Administration. (2009). Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. U.S. Department of Transportation.
  7. Bonneson, J. A., Zimmerman, K., Chien, S., & Karim, A. (2017). Guidelines for the Timing of Pedestrian Walk/Don’t Walk Intervals. Texas A&M Transportation Institute.
  8. Levinson, H. S., & Dutzik, T. (2017). Dangerous by Design 2016: An Analysis of Pedestrian Deaths in the U.S. and Recommendations for Safer Streets. Smart Growth America.
  9. National Cooperative Highway Research Program. (2019). NCHRP Synthesis 545: Addressing Bicycle and Pedestrian Safety at Intersections. Transportation Research Board.
  10. Pietrucha, M. T., & Baek, J. (2016). Analysis of Vehicle Speeds at Crosswalks on Multilane Roads Using Video Data. Journal of Transportation Engineering, 142(4), 04015056.
  11. Singh, D., Ameen, T., & Ahmad, A. (2021). Analysis of delay and queue length variation at three-leg signalized intersection under mixed traffic condition. Innovative infrastructure solutions6(2), 125.

Recent Trends of ICT in Indian Higher Education System: An Analytical Study

Mohd Mushtaq

Research Scholar

Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad-32

Abstract:

With the fastest eras of information communication technology, Education requires an innovative methods and strategies of teaching learning process. The relationship between technology and education at all levels is bi-directional. According to NEP 2020, Digital India Campaign is helping to make over the whole nation into a digitally empowered society and knowledge economy. While education will play a critical role in this transformation.  ICT play an important role in the improvement of educational processes and outcomes. The present study is to explore the recent trends of ICT and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. Finding of the study revealed that the usage of ICT in education will increase the interest, motivation, excitement and learning capacity among students during the teaching learning process. ICT enhance the learner interest, gives flexibility to the students, enhance motivation, give freedom to the students, increases the learner potentials and capabilities etc. Some resources of educational technology such as smart devices, digital cameras, social media platform, software applications and better facilities of internet.  Further found that when we have best resources according to the recent trends of ICT and facilities for the implementation of information communication technology, the teaching process will be skilful and reached at higher standard and students will gain more and more knowledge. Education through ICT is very effective and successful such as through the interactions between students and teachers, peer groups and course materials etc. 

Keyword: Information Communication Technology, Recent trends, teaching learning process, Role of ICT, Indian education system.

INTRODUCTION

Education is critical in modifying an individual’s behaviour to meet the demands of the present situation. As a result, it has a significant impact on societal change. Due to the rising of population emergence of information technology and education is also going bi-directional. Hence education play a vital role in changing the society as well as the modification of behaviour of an individual. For the betterment of education innovative technology are applied in e- learning to enhance the quality education.  Online learning is the combination of tool which we can use through the websites. In online learning students can obtain knowledge from a website, it is considered a more flexible learning strategy. They can download appropriate learning materials, as well as use the mail system and a variety of social media sites where teachers and students can interact and learn by sharing their perspectives. Emergence of Innovative applications of computer in the teaching learning process increasing day by day and it includes e- learning, computer learning, network-based learning, intranet based and internet-based learning and also includes many strategies of learning such as; text, video, animations, audio, and virtual /pure online environment. ICT, stands for “information and communication technology,” was first used in 1992. Science, technology, and engineering use ICT as a discipline and management technique to manage information, its use, and involvement with socioeconomic and cultural issues. In the current situation, ICT tools are usually overlooked. The traditional educational system was insufficient to hold a student’s attention in the developed world and in the age of modern science. The present methods also struggle to fulfil the needs of learning among students. Predictable processes of teaching and learning which brought knowledge as bits, it includes memorizing theories, justifications, facts and principles that do not achieve teaching objectives. For effective teaching learning process, new and innovative strategies must be personalised to increase the interest of the students. Technology plays a vital role in teaching learning process. At current time development of technology is very useful for teaching learning process. Educational technology is made up of two words education and technology. Education is the process of attaining and imparting knowledge, skill and attitudes. Technology denotes approaches as well as technical devices. Technology is the techniques of science and methods of obtaining new knowledge related to technology and others field such as, arts, science and specifically professional courses. National Council for Educational Research and Training defined that educational technology as the means of three different things includes with progress, application and evaluation the first thing is strategies/techniques, second is system and the third one is aids to improve overall teaching leaning process. In present scenario of education, e-learning is the most recent kind of ICT applied to improve and accelerate teaching and learning. It is a well-known fact that ICT has entered every aspect of life and that education has spread to practically every country in the world. E-learning offers a variety of applications and accessibility to students seven days a week, 24 hours a day so that anybody can participate in class at any time and from any location using a variety of communication methods. E-learning in India has modified the evolving characteristics of instructional materials and created new educational opportunities. ICT is a type of technology that makes it possible to conduct information-based activities. These include obtaining information, processing data, and gathering, processing, and displaying data. Communication and cooperation are especially critical in these efforts. It has evolved into ICT, or information and communication technology. As a result, an online teacher makes up for the absence of a physical classroom by creating a friendly atmosphere where all students feel at ease taking part in online lessons. By offering flexible locations, class schedules, and the world’s best content, it considerably aids in the migration of our lives into the digital world. 

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

Goyal, and Bhagat (2010) Factor that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in Management Education. In this study survey based research was conducted under 458 respondent 57 teacher and 401 students from different background. The finding of the study show that both students and teachers gave significant importance to pedagogy and ICT is very effective in teaching learning process for teacher as well as students. Usage of information communication technology in teaching learning process gives flexibility to the students, engaging students, better relationship between teacher and students, students and peer group and increase students motivation, students interest, enhance capability of students and freedom to students.  Some pedagogical factors are relevant for the effective usage of ICT such as, usage of technology in daily routine, development of ICT day to day life,  some technological device like reliability of ICT, IT and data security etc.

Amit Mahajan and Dhirendra Sharma (2012) conducted a study on Strengths Weaknesses, Opportunity and Threats analysis of information communication technology infrastructure and services in Jammu University. In this study the researcher revealed that the university have a better ICT infrastructure and services for the students. ICT services play an important role in teaching learning process with the experts of technology it  increase the student’s opportunity, identify the weakness of students as well as researcher and give greater chance for improving the research work. Result of the study show that most of the institution want a better facilities in ICT for teaching learning process and same as it is University of Jammu have better facility and want to developed institution in information communication technology.

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012) conducted a study on information Communication Technology Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011. In this study the researcher found that ICT play a vital role in teaching learning process at higher education level. Around the world emergence of technology increasingly day by day and moving it into the digital society. ICT is being more important in 21 century among teaching learning process.  ICT help in improving the weaknesses and strength of the student at higher education. Finding of the study revealed that the new information communication technology tools have basic produced significant transformation in industry, agriculture, education, medicines, engineering and others fields. The new teaching approaches involve the use of audio-visual, computer and telematics tools on the part of lecturers.

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) a study on an effective use of information and communication technology for education and learning by worldwide knowledge. The purpose of this study is to explore the usage of technology in teaching learning process. In past few years the usage of information communication technology is changed. The higher education system is highly influence by information communication technology and quality of education for improving the quality of education and application of ICT. In this study the researcher explore that the ICT not effected on learner styles but also effects on teachers way of teaching. It enables students centered learning and increase the overall significance of ICT in education as well as teaching learning process. In this study the researcher identify and assess significant strategies in national as well as international research and effective use of ICT for education with respect to the teaching learning process,  Quality of ICT and accessibility of education  ICT and learning motivation, ICT and learning environment, and ICT to enhance the educational performance. The researcher further found that ICT can show a very less significant role in overall development of teaching learning quality and students oriented learning modules in recent education system. Usage of ICT is very helpful in teaching learning process which enhanced the teaching strategies.

Ishtiaq etal. (2017) conducted a study on the effects of information and communication technology on the students’ academic achievement and retention in chemistry. Experimental methods were used for the study. In this study 50 students of 9th class belonging to the Kohsar Public School and College Latamber Karak under sample random sampling were selected. The study is based on equalling groups that is based on pre-test and post-test. Mean average, standard deviation, and t-test were used for analysing the data through statistical analysis.  In this study the researcher found that the Information communication technology have positively effect on students’ academic performance and retention and ICT was found more effective, interesting and motivating for the students as well as teacher. 

Mushtaq Ahmed Patel (2020) conducted a study on Open Educational Resource a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. In this study the researcher found that open educational resource is an innovative approach in teaching learning process. OER help the students as well as teacher for accessing the material easily and without time being. The teacher and student can access the material through some electronic devices such as, computer, mobile phone, desktop, smart phone and tablets etc. The researcher further found that that individuals are making isolated efforts with few unorganized governments and non-government agencies efforts. 

Mushtaq and Banwaree Lal (2022) conducted a study on Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. In this study the researcher try to find out the emergence of technology in teaching learning process. The main objectives of the study is to explore the  features, key benefits of blended learning, role of teacher and students in blended learning environment and infrastructure required for blended learning classroom. Result of the study reveals that blended learning is the combination of learning where students learn through offline mode (physical presence) with online instruments in teaching learning process.  Blended learning is more effective, interesting and motivated for the students as well as teachers and enhance the learning potentials, remove the relationship gap between teacher and students and give freedom to the students. The implementation of blended learning requires better infrastructure, good trained teachers, experts, and a better system of technology for the effective and interesting teaching learning process. And further found that face to face teaching learning process with the use of online instruments such as projectors, smart board, laptop, desktop, and some software application increase the learners and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, learning potential, problem solving skills, creativity, cognitive power and practice of the learners in teaching learning process.

OBJECTIVES

1. To study the Role of ICT in Indian higher education system.

2. To study the recent trends of ICT in Indian higher education system.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

1. What is the role of ICT in Indian higher education system?

2. What is the recent trends of ICT in Indian education system?

METHODOLOGY

        In this study Qualitative methods of research was used to analyze the role of ICT in Indian higher education system and recent trends of ICT in Indian education system for the study. 

ROLE OF ICT IN INDIAN HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM

ICT plays a significant role in teaching learning process, strategies of Information Communication Technology in administration, role of ICT in research, ICT as a Change agent in Society and role of ICT changing in Higher education.  In day today life Information communication Technology play an important role in the overall educational process encompassing from endeavor to the application of technology in handling key issues of access, fairness, administration, effectiveness, teaching process, techniques or strategies, quality, research and development. Information Communication Technology gives insight to the students and teachers for the development of education and its plays important role to make effective teaching learning process at higher education level. Use of ICT in higher education give establishing a forceful edge by contribute to improve the service among staff and students, enhanced learning process among students and increase experience towards teachers in teaching learning process and research also. ICT plays a significant role in administration of educational institutions for the usage of prevailing resources and  make easy administration tasks such as, student administration, staff administration, general administration by removing the work load  of paper and exchange the physical conservation of record keeping to electronic maintenance of records which helps in easy recovery  of any material of students, staff and general with in a section of seconds can access the essential information and knowledge. Combination of ICT in higher education increases the excellence of research work and more number of students enrolled in the research work in the different fields. Information communication technology enables the connections throughout the world in all disciplines and make social networking. It saves time, money and struggle to the researchers in their research studies. Information communication technology is most essential for computing and analyses of data in quantitative works. Some software of ICT is beneficial for analyzing and interpretation of data such as, excel, SPSS, statistical techniques for social science, online analyzing calculators etc. usage of information communication technology is beneficial for the researcher where the researcher scholar identify the literature reviews making objectives hypothesis and methodology in research work and using ICT in an appropriate situations. The advancement of higher education in India combined with the need to stand and be competitive in an international situation needs a good decisions to be taken rapidly and effectively.  This  has  increased  the  opportunity  and  difficulties  of administration,  thus  making  it  essential  to  implement  different  approaches  of  higher  education administration. The increasing student population in higher education accelerated the necessity of for information communication technology to process, recover and store data and information in a quick basic and particular patterns. The attentions of electronic administration in higher education is on the establishments of an actual electronic administration by taking care of prevailing resources in the form of economically. The concept of traditional classroom moving from black board, notebook, pencils to an online education such as; computer software, internet, some apps of teaching and learning. Besides that the ICT change the teacher centered approach into student centric approach and the duty of teacher is coach, counselor, mentor and knowledge provider and the teaching learning process provide real time problem solving methods, intellectual reasoning and creative thinking also.

HIGHER EDUCATION: The students of under-graduation, graduation, MPhil, PhD and post doctorial belonging to the different colleges, and universities are falling in higher education. Different curriculum and co curriculum covering different disciplines like science, arts, medical, non-medical, commerce, computer science, social science, engineering, mathematics culture and humanities. The government of India take an initiates in the form of SWAYAM that is providing MOOCs courses with certificate at the completion of course.

RECENT TRENDS OF ICT IN INDIAN EDUCATION SYSTEM

         The global usage of internet has increased the demand for spreading of educational programmes. The highest advantage of using ICT tools is that it reduces carbon footprint. Usage of ICT tools allows e learning to take place in virtual learning environment. Online tools and mobile phones are very effective to promote learning.  Today’s learners are tech understanding. In order to make learning interesting mobile phones can be used by learners to explore. From young age learners need to be taught the safety measures to be taken during natural disasters. Initially this can be taught with the help of mobile phones where primary learners can learn about the safety measure through mobile phones. With the help of mobile phone students can watch cartoons based on natural disaster. This will help the students to understand the concept easily and with the help of mobile phones leaners can get access to information. Artificial intelligence is the current trend in education. Teaching artificial intelligence at school is very important. Schools should focus on three areas first the learners should learn with Artificial intelligence that is they need to know how to use them, secondly, they should learn about artificial intelligence this will enlighten them on the techniques and technologies involved in artificial intelligence. This will bring awareness to know its impact on human lives. Especially in building up of values and skills for life. It has the potential to transform education therefore it is essential to include artificial intelligence in education to meet the goals of sustainable development. With the help of artificial intelligence, it is possible to promote equitable quality education and it provides opportunities for lifelong learning. In recent trends of education blended learning plays an important role in teaching learning process. Blended means mixed up of traditional as well as virtual classroom where teachers and students presence are compulsory. Teacher imparts education via traditional classroom with the use of information communication technology such as, power point slides, pdf, videos, Google classroom, Google zoom, Google meet, Edmodo applications and some gamification applications. After Covid pandemic in higher education university grant commission recommended to the institutions 40% syllabus should be taught in online mode and 60% syllabus through offline mode.  

           Technology is a significant element in students’ education as well as teacher training programmes. Through digital media platform students have access knowledge and information without any restrictions. ICT is essential to pre-service teacher education programs in the twenty-first century. Without adequate ICT expertise, it is impossible for a teacher to perform in their classroom, hence it cannot be considered to be complete.  In day-to-day life, attention is also located on diverse educational philosophy and educational practice based on the various that developing requirements of our society. These theories and practises suggest that teacher education has also experienced alterations. It makes wisdom that new technology must be merged into the teacher education. Along with having strong perception towards teaching skills, teachers also need to have the correct attitudes and values. The minimum requirements of any training programme are that it should assist the learner in obtaining the fundamental abilities and aptitudes of a successful teacher. Inter- disciplinary approaches, correspondence courses, orientation courses, and other innovative developments in education are currently popular especially for teacher and students also. Other methods used in education include team teaching, programmed instruction, micro teaching, and simulations teaching are beneficial for the learner. Action research is now used in classroom during teaching learning process and teacher education as well. ICT assists as a portal to the informational world and aids in keeping students as well teacher up to date. It promotes knowledge, skill, learning aptitudes, potential, research aptitudes, online course teacher and student relationship, skilled based course and learning strategies also. Some beneficial approaches for students and teachers are as under;

  1. E- Learning
  2. Online/ virtual learning
  3. Blended learning
  4. Mobile learning
  5. Artificial intelligence
  6. Open and distance education
  7. Learner centred environment
  8. Learning management system

                Technology is nowadays being used in the classroom by Indian higher education. Technology includes some online approaches during teaching learning for the effectiveness of teaching learning process. Such approaches are laptops, LCD projectors, desktops, Smart classrooms, online video lectures, conferences, workshop, seminar, research webinar and memory sticks. ICT is beneficial for the teacher in teaching learning process. Because teachers are the only ones who can give pupils a bright future. Some of the recent trends are as under;

  1. Mobile Learning. With the emergence of technology the combining of software and hardware are generate new advances “Smart Phone” that is the essential tools in day to day life. A smart phone have advanced fixed technology in the field of industrial and telecommunications. Mobile devices with internet connectivity and computational power are projected to soon replace personal computers as the official appliance in classrooms.
  1. Cloud computing. Applications are increasingly moving away from independent desktops and laptops and onto server farms that can be accessed online. This trend will result in the availability of less expensive information appliances that do not need the size or processing capacity of a PC, which will have significant implications for educational systems. Providing interconnectivity to access data stored in the “cloud” will be the challenge.
  2. One-to-One computing.  Around the world, the tradition of classroom environment is to provide knowledge and information from the teacher to students and the application of information communication technology. In this setting of classroom students can learn through individual devices such as mobile phone, individual laptop/desktop, tablet etc. classrooms should prepare for the universal availability of personal learning devices.
  3. Universal learning. With the development of technology required strong network connection and better infrastructure for teaching learning process all over the world. Information communication technology gives great opportunity to the students for obtaining knowledge without time constrain, gives flexibility to students for accessing  their knowledge from anywhere and at any time. This trend of ICT requires a rethinking on traditional classroom environment
  4. Gaming. According to the Horizon Report, a current survey by the Pew Internet and American Life Project revealed that the excessive playing of online games are found in youth or young peoples and this types of activities can-not benefitted for the health. Most of the young people are interconnected with the society through games
  5. Personalized learning. Education systems are increasingly day by day and exploring the use of technology for better understanding among student’s knowledge.

                Some Current trend in Information Technology are as under, SWAYAM (Study Web of Active-learning for Youth Aspiring minds) Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robotics, Open Educational Resource, Cooperative Learning Strategies (CLS), Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning etc. Integration of technology in present situation plays a vital role in our education system as well as outside the educational background. But, education will be able to plays its role more effectively by making the individuals creative, innovative and efficient. Educational technology can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.

CONCLUSION 

This study examine that the recent trends of information communication technology and role of ICT in Indian higher education system. ICT plays a vital role in the school education as well as higher education system in India.  During Covid pandemic all the formal education system was unfortunately stopped, meanwhile ICT was started day by day and spread over the world. ICT can immensely contribute to the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of education.According to National Policy on Education 2020 technology will be benefitted for the students as well as teacher. Technology integration play an important role in teaching learning process. Some recent trends of ICT such as; Learning Management System, MOOCs, Robert, Cooperative Learning Strategies, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Moodle, Open Educational Resource, Online Assessment and Portfolio, Smart classroom, Electronic Devices, and some software application are Google meet, Google classroom, Zoom, WebEx, Study Blue Flashcards, Schoology, Quiz, Teacher Kit, Animoto, Socrative, Seesaw, Tether, FoxFi, Too Noisy, Answer Garden, Slido etc. Finding of the study revealed  that usage of technology such as projectors, smart boards, laptops, desktop computers, and some software applications makes learning convenient and enhanced learner and teacher capabilities, interest, motivation, and learning potential as well as problem-solving abilities, creativity, and cognitive ability. If the proper infrastructure would be available with the recent trends of technology in Indian higher education system and trained teachers in information technology then the educational standard will be high.

REFERENCES

Amit Mahajan, Dhirendra Sharma (2012). A Technical SWOT Analysis of ICT Facilities: Jammu University, Jammu, India. International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering. 2(12): 128-139.

Goyal, Ela; Seema Purohit and Manju Bhagat. 2010. ‘Factors that affect information and communication technology usage: A case study in management’. Education journal of information technology management, 21 (4) 38-57.

Hussain, I,. Suleman, Q,.  Naseer ud din, M,. & Shafique ,F. (2017) Effects of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) on Students’ Academic Achievement and Retention in Chemistry at Secondary Level. Journal of Education and Educational Development. 4(1)73-93.

Mushtaq. M,. & Meena B,. L. (2022) Blended Mode of education and its relevance in teaching learning process. Post Covid Education Scenario in India. G.H.G. Khalsa Colleges, Gurusar Sadhar Twenty first century publications Patiala. 73-78.

NEP (2020). New Education Policy. Ministry of Human Resource Development Government of India. Retrieved from www.education.in

Patel. I. Mushtaq (2020) the OER – a teaching-learning tool in the times of covid-19 in India. Global and Lokal Distance Education- GLOKALde, October 2020, Vol 6 (2), https://www.glokalde.com/pdf/issues/18/Volume6Number2.pdf#page=91

Syed Noor-Ul-Amin (2013) An Effective use of ICT for Education and Learning by Drawing on Worldwide Knowledge, Research, and Experience: ICT as a Change Agent for Education, Department Of Education, University Of Kashmir, , 2(4), 38-45, 

Ulka Toro and Millind Joshi (2012).ICT in Higher Education: Review of Literature from the Period 2004-2011.International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology. 3(1):20-23.

UNESCO (2002). Information and Communication Technologies in Teacher Education, A Planning Guide. Paris: UNESCO.

Security Measurement and Satisfactions Towards Internet Banking among Students in Jammu and Kashmir

Alyas Ahmed

Research Scholar, Department of Management and Commerce

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

 

Mohd Mushtaq

Researcher Sholar, Department of Education and Training

Maulana Azad National Urdu University-32

Abstract:

The banking industry is the backbone of the Indian economy. Banks provide financial assistance to individuals and Institutions. This study explores the elaborate framework of internet banking’s effects on Jammu and Kashmir’s student population. The study examines students’ perceptions of satisfaction and security in the context of online financial transactions. This study provides important insights into the changing financial habits and attitudes of the region’s students through a thorough study of the interactions between the ease of internet banking services and the perceived security measures preserving critical information. In this study the researcher applied quantitative approach under descriptive type of research. The study includes 500 students of Jammu region from different educational background under probability types of sampling.  For the analyses of data, the researchers applied different statistical techniques such as, Frequency, percentage, mean average, standard deviation, correlation and paired sample t-test in this study. Result of the study reveals that a significant positive relationship found between student’s security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. It can be concluded that the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. Moreover, it is also found that a significant impact of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfaction towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir. 

Keywords: – Internet, Satisfaction, Security measurement, Banks, Jammu and Kashmir, Students.

Introduction

Internet banking has become an essential part of the financial system in the modern digital era. In the present era, people are transferring from the traditional banking system and connecting with the modern internet banking system to carry out their financial activities through the use of internet banking. The accessibility and convenience provided by internet banking have drawn a lot of attention to technological advances, especially among the younger generation. Jammu and Kashmir, tucked away in India’s far north, as most of the area is hilly and the majority of people live in rural areas where banking branches are not available. Without a proper banking system, any nation cannot grow. In the current era, due to the rise in demand for banks and their products, the banking industry is adopting the latest technology to provide services easily and successfully. Banks are redefining traditional banking practises and fostering a paradigm shift towards digital financial interactions. This shift is particularly evident in regions like Jammu and Kashmir.  But due to the advancement in internet banking, now people in far-flung areas can also avail themselves of the services through internet banking. As the primary focus of this paper is to understand the behaviour of students towards internet banking, and also to determine the way in which the students in Jammu and Kashmir perceive both the satisfaction and security associated with online banking. Further, the aim of this research paper is to provide a comprehensive understanding of how the use of internet banking is influencing the financial behaviours and attitudes of the student community in this area by examining the intricate connection between the satisfaction derived from the convenience of online banking services and the perceived security measures that safeguard sensitive information.

It is interesting that Jammu and Kashmir has a unique anthropological backdrop that is distinguished by its rich heritage, geographic variety, and particular challenges. This study has the potential to provide useful insights for the banking sector as well as academia, directing the creation of plans to improve user experiences while addressing security issues. An in-depth examination of the students’ satisfaction with and security perceptions of online banking in Jammu and Kashmir holds potential for influencing the course of digital banking services in the area and beyond as technology continues to impact the future of financial interactions.

Safety precautions for internet banking are essential for protecting confidential monetary information and sustaining the security of the internet. Banks have a variety of approaches and deploy many tactics to reduce risks and improve user safety. Encryption, a vital element, uses protocols like SSL and TLS to encrypt data transmission between users and the banking server, preventing unauthorised access and data interception. By forcing users to supply extra credentials in addition to their passwords, two-factor authentication (2FA) and multi-factor authentication (MFA) strengthen account access. Robust password requirements are imposed by secure password rules, lowering vulnerability to brute-force assaults. Users are made aware of fake emails and websites by anti-phishing strategies, and continuing protection is provided by regular security audits that find deficits.

In nutshell, the rise of internet banking has changed how people interact with banking services in the modern financial sector. The revolutionary potential of online banking has been used to address the different geographical and socioeconomic obstacles faced by Jammu and Kashmir, spanning accessibility gaps and reaching even remote areas. This study highlights the growing impact of technology in influencing financial behaviours by revealing students’ perceptions of satisfaction and safety in this digital environment. The information acquired helps the banking industry, academics, and the continued improvement of digital banking practises. An in-depth understanding of internet banking’s effects is essential to guiding safer and more beneficial financial institutions in the area and beyond as technology continues to influence how people interact with finance.

Review of related studies

(A. Meharaj Banu, 2019). Conducted a study on “Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India” Asia-pacific Journal of Management research and Innovation. The main aim of the research was to analyze the satisfaction of customers towards online banking in India. The research collected the data from 500 respondents and analyzed. The researcher used the technology acceptance model (TAM) of Davis (1986) & DTPB. Taylor and Todd (1995). It is found that when the customers are aware about the internet banking, they avail more services the second result shows contrary to expectations, the perceived utility of online banking is unrelated to the security and accessibility of Internet connection. hird, the perceived benefit of online banking services is significantly influenced by self-efficacy, simplicity of use, cost savings, and time savings. Hence it is clear that banks customers are partly associated witht the internet banking.

 

(R, 2019) “a study on customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in thoothukudi city” The researcher focused on Socio-economic factor of the respondents, Satisfaction level of customers towards internet banking, problems faced b, problems faced by the respondents and further the researcher provides the suggestions and recommendations. The researcher found that there is no significance difference between the gender and level of satisfaction of respondents towards the services provided by the internet banking.the researcher also found that the customers are facing lot of problem which availing banking services online the major problem is low internet connection, Connection lost while transaction and Lost of password. The researcher suggested that that RBI should make good policies related to the online banking and also the banks should conduct customers awareness programs towards banking.

(B. Raghavendra, 2016). Conducted a study on the Topic Customers Satisfaction towards Internet Banking Services. The researcher selected 248 customers for the study. The main aim of this research was to understanding about the satisfaction of customers to wards banking internet services. After using the ANOVA the researcher found that that there is moderate significant difference in mean scores of customer satisfaction between male and female customers. The study concludes Customer happiness is impacted by functionality, website design, and user-friendliness relating to the online banking services offered by the Public and Private sector banks. Customer satisfaction with internet banking services is significantly influenced by the clients’ gender, age, education, and income levels. Work and marital status have no impact on satisfaction. Regardless of the gender and age of the customers, banks must modify their products and services.

(Vimala, 2016). Conducted a study on the topic “An Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among Selected Indian Bank Customers” The objective of the research is customer awareness and expectation towards internet security, Problems faced by the respondents while using internet banking and to understand the effects of the selected customers in Coimbatore’s s’ use of online banking & security. The size of sample is 50. It is found that 18% of participants had been notified by their bankers, whereas 32% of the consumers found about security risks in Internet banking through advertisements. The researcher suggested that customers should learn about their privacy through different mediums.

(Amith Kumar Reddy, 2021)In this study “Impact of E-banking on Customer Satisfaction”, have summarized. This article aims to investigate consumer satisfaction in online banking and assess the effects of the various online banking services used by Indian banks. This study employs a quantitative methodology, and SEM and AMOs are utilized to assess the data that was gathered. When compared to their semi-urban and urban peers, the utility of e-banking services is considerably less for bank customers in rural areas. It has been discovered that “time saving and less cost” can impact bank customers’ intentions to use the internet banking site in the future. Respondents from rural, semi-urban, and urban areas saw e-banking as simple, easy to use, and a decent alternative to traditional banking, although they thought using new technologies like internet banking was complicated and tough. Internet banking is crucial for bank customers’ current and future growth, and how crucial it is to those customer’ development depends significantly on their age, level of education, occupation, and income. It is further recommended to broaden the research to learn different strategies for boosting the dependability of E-banking services in the Middle East.

(Ahmad, 2004)This study aims to examine how self-image congruence affects brand preference and satisfaction among customers who use and don’t use based on technology self-services in the retail banking industry. According to the study’s findings, self-image congruence is not related to satisfaction in the case those who utilise self-service technologies. Contrarily, non-users of self-service technology showed a positive correlation between their satisfaction with the service provider and their self-image congruence. This suggests that self-service technology users and non-users differ in how their self-images relate to their degrees of satisfaction. In conclusion the study has shown that even after encountering unsatisfactory events when using self-service technology, clients still favor the same service provider.

(Dr.Kiran.G, 2020). In the the study analysed customer satisfaction towards online banking services with public sector banks in’ Tiruchirappalli district, From this study, it is clear that bank websites and technological platforms must provide a variety of knowledge features on financial services. Banks must regularly survey customers to gauge their satisfaction if they want to keep their current clients. According to the study’s findings, the top three elements affecting customer satisfaction are rapid response, security, website design, and easy to use. Further the researcher suggested that banks should Design their website simple and easy to use. In order to attract the new customers and retain the existing customers.

(Worku G, 2016) (Impact of Electronic Banking on Customers Satisfaction in European Banking Industry) provided an overview of their findings. The situation involves customers of the banks Dashin and Wogagen in Gondar. In this paper, an effort is made to understand how customer happiness compares to traditional forms of banking and how personal characteristics of clients, such as age and occupation, affect branch visits and potential and problems with online banking. To calculate consumer satisfaction in online banking, this study used tables and percentages, the chi-square independence test, the independent t-test, and regression analysis. This study revealed that younger people, students, educated people, and businesspeople are satisfied with online banking. Hence it is proved that internet banking has significant impact on the customer’s satisfaction.

(Jyotsna Sharma, 2022). The title of present study is “The effect of customer satisfaction on the quality of the E-Banking service.” The present research seeks to determine how the quality of the services provided by e-banking services affects consumer satisfaction. The Customer satisfaction in online banking has been measured using sampling techniques. According to this study, important factors like responsiveness, security, and communication effect on satisfaction of customers with e-banking services. It is advised to conduct more research to determine how to measure and enhance the quality of e-banking services. In short, this study drew attention to the impact of service quality on client happiness. If a customer is happy with the usage of the current services, he or she is likely to utilize them repeatedly. Thus, it can be deduced from the study’s findings that consumer satisfaction with E-Banking services is influenced by tangibility, credibility, responsiveness, security, and communication.

(Sadaf Firdous, 2016) This study is conducted in Delhi. The title of the paper is “Impact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction” The main objectives of the research is to identify the various dimensions of internet banking service quality, to study the relationship between the customer satisfaction and the various internet banking service quality dimensions and to study the impact of the internet banking service quality dimensions on the satisfaction of customers. Total no of samples taken for this study is 194. To analyze this study the researcher used co-relation and it is found that the various relationships that exist between various service quality dimensions and customer satisfaction in internet banking. The researcher further used regression and found that internet banking service quality does have an impact on the customer satisfaction in internet banking in New Delhi. Hence from the both results it is clear that the services dimensions of services quality have various relationships exist and also have impact on satisfaction.

Significance of the study

Internet banking involves the transfer of sensitive financial information, making security a crucial aspect. By understanding their concerns and perceptions, banks can identify areas of improvement and enhance security protocols to protect student customers from potential cyber threats and fraudulent activities. User satisfaction is also key factor for the success of internet banking services. By investigating students’ satisfaction levels with internet banking, Banks can utilize these findings to improve their services, user interfaces, and overall customer satisfaction, leading to increased usage and loyalty among student customers. This study provides insights into students’ perceptions of security measures implemented by banks in Jammu and Kashmir.  In this essence trust and confidence are essential for the widespread adoption of internet banking services. By addressing security concerns and enhancing user satisfaction, this study can contribute to building trust and confidence among students in Jammu and Kashmir towards internet banking. Increased trust can encourage more students to adopt and utilize internet banking services, leading to greater financial inclusion and convenience. Policymakers can utilize this information to develop regulations and guidelines that ensure the safety and satisfaction of student customers. This can promote a secure and reliable internet banking ecosystem, benefitting both students and banks. Being a region with unique geographical and socio-economic challenges, may have specific barriers to internet banking adoption. This study can identify these barriers and provide insights into how they can be addressed, thus helping bridge the digital divide. By making internet banking more accessible and secure for students in Jammu and Kashmir, this study can contribute to financial inclusion and empowerment. The significance of this study lies in its potential to enhance security measures, improve user satisfaction, promote trust and confidence, inform policy and regulations, and bridge the digital divide in internet banking services among students in Jammu and Kashmir. By addressing these aspects, the study can contribute to the growth and development of a secure and user-friendly internet banking environment, benefiting both students and the banking sector.

Statement of the problems

The purpose of present study is to explore the knowledge and awareness of internet banking among students at all the level from secondary to higher education level. Hence the study felt need under investigation as entitled as, “Security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”.

Objectives 

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  2. To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.
  3. To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir
  4. To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Hypothesis

H01 there exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir

H02 There exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Methodology

In this study, the researcher used the survey method under the descriptive type of research to analyse the level, impact, and relationship of security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir This study includes the primary source of data for analyzing the security measurement of satisfaction with Internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The study includes all the students of higher education, such as UG, PG, and PhD-level students, as a population. The area of the study is only confined to Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, 500 students are selected as a sampling under simple random sampling techniques of probability sampling. For the collection of data, the researchers used self-developed scales such as security measurement towards internet banking and students’ satisfactions towards internet banking for the study. For the analysis of the data, the researcher used some statistical techniques such as, mean average, standard deviation, Pearson product moment correlation, and paired sample t test for the present study. The researcher collected data for the study using an online mode as well as a Google form.

Result and Discussion

  1. To study the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For the objective first the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage. Table 1.1 shows that the level of security measurement towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Security measurementtowards internet bankingHighAbove 6119038%
Average40-6025551%
LowBelow 405511%
             Total500100%

The above table 1.1 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of security measurement towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 190 students (38%) have a high level of security measurement towards internet banking, 255 students (51%) have an average level of security measurement towards internet banking, and 55 students (11%) have a low level of security measurement towards internet banking. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Further, the result indicates that a significant portion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are aware of and prioritise security measures while using internet banking services. The high percentage of students with an average level of security measurement suggests that they have a basic understanding of security measures but may benefit from further education or awareness to enhance their security practises. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of security measurement is encouraging, as it suggests that a small proportion of students are not effectively arranging security when using internet banking.

However, it is still important to address the needs of these students and provide them with the necessary resources and education to improve their security practises. Overall, the findings highlight the importance of promoting and maintaining strong security measures in internet banking services. Banks and financial institutions should continue to educate and raise awareness among students about the significance of security and provide clear guidelines and tools to ensure safe and secure online banking experiences.

  • To study the level of satisfactions towards internet banking among students of Jammu and Kashmir.

For obtaining the result from objective 2nd the researcher applied range, frequency and percentage as a statistical technique in the below table 1.2. 

VariableLevelsRangeFrequencyPercentage
Students Satisfactions towards internet bankingHighAbove 6125551%
Average40-6022044%
LowBelow 40255%
                 Total500100%

The above table 1.2 reveals the range, frequency, and percentage of satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Out of 500 students, 255 students (51%) have a high level of satisfaction towards internet banking, 220 students (44%) have an average level of satisfaction towards internet banking, and 25 students (5%) have a low level of satisfaction towards internet banking. From the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

This indicates that a significant proportion of students in Jammu and Kashmir are satisfied with their internet banking experiences. The high percentage of students with a high level of satisfaction suggests that they find internet banking services to be reliable, convenient, and meet their needs. The relatively low percentage of students reporting a low level of satisfaction is positive, as it indicates that a small proportion of students are dissatisfied with their internet banking experiences. However, it is important to address the concerns of these students and identify the factors contributing to their low satisfaction. Banks and financial institutions should focus on improving the areas that are leading to dissatisfaction among this group of students.

Moreover, the findings highlight the overall positive satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. This suggests that internet banking services are meeting the expectations and needs of the majority of students. However, it is important for banks to continue monitoring and improving their services to ensure sustained high levels of satisfaction. Overall, the study indicates that students in Jammu and Kashmir have a high level of satisfaction with internet banking. This positive perception of internet banking services can contribute to increased adoption and usage among students, promoting financial inclusion and convenience in the region.

  • To know the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis “there exist no significant relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”. The researcher applied Pearson product moment correlation for analyzing the below data in the table 1.3

VariablesNMSD‘r’ ValueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56  0.109 Positive Co-relation
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

The above table 1.3 reveals the relationship between security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The above table reveals that the mean average of security measurement towards internet banking is 61.29 and the standard deviation is 7.56, and the mean average and standard deviation of satisfactions towards internet banking are 63.19 and 6.78, respectively. The ‘r’ value of both variables, such as security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking, is 0.109. From the above table, it can be concluded that there is a positive association between the security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. So therefore, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant relationship between the security measurement and satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

The findings of the study imply that students who prioritise security measures and have a higher level of security measurement towards internet banking are more likely to experience higher levels of satisfaction with their internet banking services in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the study suggests that a positive association exists between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should continue to emphasise the importance of security measures to enhance satisfaction levels among students and promote a secure and reliable internet banking environment.

  • To study the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

To test the null hypothesis “there exist no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir”. The researcher applied paired sample t test for analyzing impact of below data shown in the table 1.4

VariableNMeanS. DDf ‘r’Value‘t’valuep’valueRemarks
Security measurement towards internet banking 500 61.29 7.56 498 .170 8.454 0.00* Significant at .01 level
Satisfactions towards internet banking 500 63.19 6.78

*Significant at 0.01 level

The above table 1.4 reveals the impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. The mean average of security measurement towards internet banking and satisfactions towards internet banking are 61.29 and 63.19, respectively, and the standard deviation of both variables is 7.56 and 6.78. The ‘r’ value is 1.70, and the t-value is 8.454 with 498 degrees of freedom. Therefore, from the above table, it can be concluded that there is a significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions with internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. So, the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” is rejected.

Moreover, the result shows that as the level of security measurement increases, satisfaction towards internet banking also increases significantly. The rejection of the null hypothesis “there exists no significant impact of security measurement on satisfactions towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir” suggests that security measurement does have a significant impact on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir.

Overall, the study highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. Banks and financial institutions should prioritize and enhance security measures to improve satisfaction and provide a secure and reliable internet banking experience for students.

Conclusion

The present study aims to explore the level and relationship of security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. In this study, the researcher also explores the impact of security measurement on satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Based on the above result, it can be concluded that the majority of the students are showing an average level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

Additionally, the researcher finds out that the majority of the students are showing a high level of security measurement towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir. The researcher found a positive association between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. Furthermore, the researcher highlights the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking in Jammu and Kashmir.

However, the results of this study emphasise the importance of security measurement in influencing satisfaction levels among students towards internet banking. It underscores the need for banks and financial institutions to prioritize and enhance security measures to ensure a safe and reliable internet banking environment for students in Jammu and Kashmir. Overall, the conclusion of the study reveals a significant positive relationship between security measurement and satisfaction towards internet banking among students in Jammu and Kashmir. As traditional banking infrastructure faces limitations in such areas, internet banking emerges as a pivotal solution, providing accessibility and convenience even to populations in remote areas. In a nutshell, this study is focusing on Satisfaction with internet banking and security measures among the students. The study applies rigorous statistical methods to find out the impact of internet banking on students.

References

A. Meharaj Banu, N. S. (2019, Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation). Online Banking and Customer Satisfaction: Evidence from India. Asia-Pacific Journal of Management Research and Innovation, 15(1-2).

Ahmad, J. (2004). Retail Banking and Customer Behaviour: A Study of Self Concept, Satisfaction and Technology Usage. The International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 14(3), 357-379.

Amith Kumar Reddy, M. B. (2021). IMPACT OF E-BANKING ON CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. PALARCH’S JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY OF EGYPT/EGYPTOLOGY, 18(08).

B. Raghavendra, P. S. (2016, September ). Customers Satisfaction towards Internet. International Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations, 4(1), 491-498.

Dr. Kiran.G, D. A. (2020, April). Customers Satisfaction Towards Online Banking Services Of Public Sector Banks. International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research, 9(4).

Jyotsna Sharma, J. S. (2022, January). Impact of E-Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE), 8(5).

R, S. B. (2019, November ). Customer satisfaction towards internet banking services in Thoothukudi. Conference: Innovative Banking Services – A Transformative Tool For Business, Finance And Customer Service.

Sadaf Firdous, R. F. (2016). Impact of Internet Banking Service Quality on Customer Satisfaction. Journal of Internet Banking and Commerce.

Vimala, V. (2016, 5). An Evaluative Study on Internet Banking Security among. Amity Journal of Management Research, 1(1), 63-79.

Worku G, T. A. (2016). The Impact of Electronic Banking on Customers’ Satisfaction in. Journal of Business & Financial Affairs, 5(2), 1-18.

A Review on the Impact of Online Job Portals on Employee Performance

Ahjaz Ahmed*

Ph. D Research scholar, Department of Management,

Maulana Azad National Urdu University Hyderabad.

Abstract:

The development of technology in the digital age has had a huge impact on many aspects of our life, including how we find and keep jobs. The introduction of internet job portals has completely changed the way people hunt for jobs by giving them a platform to communicate with businesses. This article examines and assesses the effect of online job portals on worker performance, highlighting the benefits and potential pitfalls of this cutting-edge job search strategy. Now that technology is prevalent everywhere, everything is made simple. Every aspect of human life has been impacted by technology. Thanks to online job portals, where applications are only a click away and hundreds of positions are always open, finding a job has gotten easier nowadays. Job portals offer all varieties of jobs, and the majority of them are free, which increases their popularity in the labour market. Employees hired using online job portals perform as well as those hired through more conventional means. Online job portals are more practical, affordable, time-saving, and accessible. Job portal features like filter, sort by, and generate your resume now are improving the effectiveness of employment portals, something that was previously impossible because it took more time, was less effective, required more personnel, and was less transparent. This study is based on a review of comparable studies to determine the effect of online job portals on employee performance. According to a review of several research studies, online job portals have a favorable effect on employee performance, demonstrating the importance of technology in modern life and how it makes life more efficient and time-saving.

 Keywords: Online Job Portal, Technology, Recruitment, Employee, Performance

Introduction

The recruitment process now fully depends upon technology because as the job seekers are increasing and at the sametime getting a job is becoming more complex. The recruitment process is to place a candidate at the right position according to his skills and experience. In this time, all the recruitment process is being carried out using technology and internet. Technology has changed the way we live our life, we think, we spend our time, we use gadgets and devices etc.basically our life has changed drastically due to technology. In the same way, the recruitment process has changed, and it has become easier, effective, and cost efficient which has changed the scenario of recruitment totally. Today, a variety of networking websites, such as Nakuri.com, Monster.com, Shine.com, Fresher’s World, Times Jobs, LinkedIn, Free Jobs Alerts, etc., are used to find qualified candidates for employment. These websites have emerged as significant sources of good personnel for both employees and organizations. Online job portals have a significant impact on employee performance in several ways, making workers more productive because they provide the right guidance regarding market demand for skills, popular job categories, and compensation packages that have an effect on workers’ performance.  This study is based on the impact of online job portals on employee performance in which related studies have been reviewed to know the impact. From the review of various research papers, it is found that the positive impact of online job portals on employee performance which shows the technology is playing a vital in human life and more technology is making life easy and effective and saving the precious time. E-recruitment is a method that handles the full hiring process, from beginning to end, including posting job ads, receiving resumes, and choosing the best candidate for the job based on their qualifications. It functions effectively and efficiently. The ability to attract quality candidates (in terms of abilities, attitude, knowledge, and aptitudes) for the company is aided by the use of the internet.

Literature review 

Recruitment

Edwin B. Flippo (1984) It studied that Recruitment is the main duty of the human resource department. Finding, enticing, screening, reducing the field, interviewing, selecting, hiring, and onboarding employees are all steps in the process. “Recruitment is the process of seeking out potential employees and encouraging them to submit applications for positions within the firm.”

Parry & Wilson (2009) Determine that “recruitment encompasses those processes and actions conducted by the organization with the primary goal of identifying and recruiting potential personnel.” The size of the recruitment team of a company might vary depending on the size of the organization. In smaller businesses, a recruiting manager, however, is frequently in charge of recruiting. Many organizations outsource their hiring needs, but some merely use advertisements, job Portals to identify candidates for open positions. To improve and streamline the hiring process, many businesses employ hiring software nowadays.

The basis of a successful recruitment process is an organization-specific sourcing model that aims to find the best applicant for the ideal role at the ideal moment. It is a methodical process for enlisting outstanding individuals who can super business expansion. The five main stages of an all-encompassing hiring process might differ from company to firm depending on the business vertical, organizational structure, size, operational style, and selection procedure

E-Recruitment Process

E-Recruitment is the rage right now and represents the newest trends in hiring. The use of technology or web-based solutions to facilitate the hiring process is also referred to as “online recruitment.” The resource may be an employment website like naukri.com, the company’s official website, or its own intranet. The internet is being used by both large and small businesses as a source of hiring.

“E-recruiting is using the internet to recruit through Job portals, corporate websites, specialized websites or onlineadvertisement”, Galanaki (2002).

The organization’s e-recruitment initiatives and e-recruitment process have an impact on the structure, effectiveness, and efficiency of the organization’s recruiting process. The HR division oversees the diversity of the workforce with regard to culture, time zones, specializations, benefits, and salary. Secondary data was collected for this study. According to this study, employers seem to more concerned about hiring a qualified, quality-oriented candidate over one who is more concerned with price. Third parties, such as headhunters and recruiting agencies, actively participate in the online hiring process. E-recruitment improves efficiency and efficacy of the hiring process. Particular internet recruitment techniques contribute to organizational advancements and improve organizational recruiting performance. Fred and Kinange (2016).Most of the organizations in Pakistan were using both e-recruitment and traditional recruitment sources. It also revealed that the IT based organizations are not completely relying on e-recruitment. The study also indicated that majority of respondent organizations use e-recruitment for filling the top positions Nasreem et al. (2016)

Online Job Portals

Job portals are a straightforward but useful tool. They make room for both companies and employees and make it simpler to access a wide range of employment in various industries and skill levels. They also lower fees for middlemen and headhunters as well as the costs of job matching. Job websites have improved employment access for all people. Before they existed, informal networks and social contacts dominated the job-seeking landscape. Social network job searches typically favor well-connected individuals, further entrenching already-existing inequities. This implicit prejudice in access to both official and informal jobs can be lessened by ensuring equal access to online job platforms. The Covid-19 pandemic, which harmed every industry area, had an effect on every firm in the world. In April to May 2021, there were around 22.7 million job losses, according to research by the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy. As the life is being normal, so the hiring process in India has surged apparently, especially last August has witnessed 89 percent increase and hiring for specific roles has grown as well specially in IT sector. According to estimates, the largest employment portals fill more than 80% of job advertisements. In that time job portals play a vital role in recruitment process.

Employee Performance

A worker’s performance is defined as how well they carry out their duties and finish vital tasks. It emphasizes the value, quality, and effectiveness of their output. How valuable each individual is to the business depends on their performance. For a business, each person represents a significant investment, therefore the return that Employee contributions must be substantial. Employee performance is influenced by a variety of variables that have an effect on their lives, such as pay, benefits, the workplace culture, bonuses, and admiration.

Impact on Employee Performance

Employee satisfaction is influenced by a variety of factors, including management expectations, coworkers, personal issues, and company culture. Companies must take the initiative to ensure that their staff members are pleased by learning what they need and giving them the resources, they need to improve their talents.

In comparison to individuals who do not use the Internet, the data shows that job searchers who have registered with job portals are about 6% more likely to be employed and that their reservation earnings are 1300 rupees higher (a 10% increase above the mean). Additionally, we discover that employed individuals who are registered with portals have actual incomes that are 13% greater than those who are not. On the other hand, employees who rely more on social networks for support have slightly lower employment possibilities and lower associated salaries. The impact and role of job portals is vital in the life employee which enables them to perform well and make future bright.

Advantages for Employee Performance

1. Increased Access to Opportunities: Online job boards have democratized the labour market by removing distance restrictions. Job searchers have more options for obtaining work that match their talents and career goals because they can look at opportunities outside of their immediate area. Improved job matching and more job satisfaction may result from this expanded access.2. Efficiency and Speed: Sending paper applications and waiting for responses was the usual way of looking for work. This procedure has been streamlined by online job portals, which let applicants submit applications in a matter of minutes for several vacancies. This effectiveness shortens the time between searching for a job and getting hired, resulting in smoother transitions and perhaps fewer spells of unemployment.

3. Customized Job Search: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

4. Access to Information: Job portals frequently provide search filters that let job seekers focus their search based on particular factors like industry, region, amount of experience, and job type. This personalization enables job seekers to identify positions that closely match their tastes and skill sets, improving the fit between the employee and the employment role.

5. Skill Development: Candidates frequently need to improve their digital literacy abilities in order to succeed in the digital application process. The ability to use online platforms, build compelling profiles, and submit digital applications might help a job candidate develop skills beyond the current job search, potentially enhancing their overall digital competency.

Potential Drawbacks

1. Competition and Oversaturation: Because it’s so simple to apply for jobs online, more people are doing so, which has boosted competitiveness and the number of applications that businesses receive. This may lead to oversaturation, which will make it difficult for individual applications to stand out and may aggravate job seekers.

2. Lack of Personalization: Online apps might not have the same level of personalization that can be found in more conventional techniques, including networking events or in-person encounters. The candidate’s capacity to demonstrate their soft talents and leave a lasting impression on employers may be hampered by this impersonal character.

3. Limited Visibility for Non-Digital Roles: While online job portals are useful for office- and digital-based roles, they might not be as useful for jobs that call for specialized or hands-on abilities. There may not be as much representation for certain occupations on internet platforms, such as manual labour or the creative arts

4. Quality of Listings: It’s possible for some job portals to host listings that are unreliable, deceptive, or even fraudulent. To make sure that the positions they apply for are genuine and in line with their expectations, job searchers should use prudence and practice due diligence.

Conclusion

E-recruitment is another term for online recruiting. In our country, reputable employment portals like monster.com, nakuri.com, shine.com, and numerous networking sites are accessible to help employers and employees with the hiring and selection procedures. The procedure is quite easy to understand for both the person and the business. E-recruitment has several advantages, including the capacity to move more rapidly, convenience of use, reduced administrative costs and manpower, and increased competency on the part of the company and personnel. For those who are directly or indirectly involved in the e-recruitment process and who are employed as HR personnel within the company, this study is highly helpful. A flawless answer is required for everything in the fast-paced, accuracy-focused world of today. In a similar vein, the recruitment process has become more efficient and time-saving thanks to the employment of highly sophisticated technologies. According to the study, job portals have a beneficial effect on employee performance since they make it simple to grow in your career and find decent jobs with competitive pay. The job platform also offers expert coaching and knowledge of potential future career paths. Undoubtedly, the concept of job portals has gained popularity as a preferred means of recruitment for both job seekers and employers, but its efficiency and ability to meet job seekers’ expectations is what will make it the ideal platform for recruiting.

References

Ahlawat, R., & Sangeeta E-recruitment: Transforming trends of recruitment in Human resource management, Global journal of Engineering Science and Research Management, 3(1), 21–25. (2016).

Amusan, D.G., Oyediran, M.O., Development of efficient e-recruitment system for university staff in Nigeria,Circulation in computer science, 1(1), 10-14. (2016). International Journal of Management, Technology And Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO : 2249-7455 Page No:1564

Anand. J., Chitra Devi, S., Literature review on e-recruitment and its perceived benefits: A walk towards paperless HR, International journal of applied research,2(11), 528-531. (2016).

Chauhan. D., Chaturvedi. L., Efficacy of j1ob portals and social media on organizational business, international journal of advanced research in management and social sciences, 2(7), 170-181. (2013).

Edwin B Flippo (1984) personnel management, sixth edition-Hill International Edition, Management series.

Faliagka, E., Tsakalidis, A., & Tzimas, G. An investigated e-recruitment system for automated personality mining and applicant ranking, internet research, 22(5),551-568. (2012).

Fred and Kinange (2016). International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET)

Galanaki. E (2002) “The decision to recruit online: a descriptive study”, Career Development International vol. 7 No 7. 4, pp 243-251. http://doi.org/10.1108/13620430210431325.

Mansourvar, M., Mohd Yasin, B. N., Development of a job web portal to improve education quality, Internetional journal of computer theory and engineering, 6(1), 43-46. (2014).

Nasreem, S., Hussan, M., & Khan, T.A. effectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of IT industry of lahore (Pakistan), Pakistan Economic and Social Review, 54(1), 143–164. (2016)

Nasreen, Sidra, et al. “effectiveness of e-recruitment in small and medium enterprises of it industry of Lahore (Pakistan).” Pakistan Economic and Social Review, vol. 54, no. 1, 2016, pp. 143–64. JSTOR, https://www.jstor.org/stable/26616703. Accessed 12 Oct. 2022.

Parry, E. and Wilson, H. (2009), Factors Influencing the adoption of online recruitment. Personnel Review.

Rakholiya, N.& Gupta, C. A study on the Applicant’ s Perception towards E-recruitment, International MultidisciplinaryJournal of Applied Research, 1(1), 50–53. (2013)

Ramaabaanu, R. & Saranya, M. Importance and problems of e-recruitment, international journal of research, 1(9), 445-450. (2014) International Journal of Management, Technology and Engineering Volume 8, Issue XI, NOVEMBER/2018 ISSN NO: 2249- 7455 Page No:1566

Rani. R., E-recruitment and its impact upon on job seekers: A contemporary approach, IJARIIE,2(4), 335-339. (2016).

Sherkar, A. A Study on Use of E- Resources in Recruitment and Selection Process in 5 Star Hotels, Atithya: A Journal ofHospitality,1(1),15-19. (2015).

Sylva, H., & Mol, S.T. E-recruitment: A study into applicant perceptions of an online application system, internationaljournal of selection and assessment,17(3),311-323. (2009).

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonance in John Green’s The Fault in our Stars

Mrs. L. P. Priyanka M.A., M.Phil., NET

Assitant Professor

Department of English

Jayaraj Annapackiam College for Women (Autonomous), Periyakulam

Abstract:

Art has long been recognized as a powerful tool for emotional expression, empathy, and personal growth. The concept of healing arts encompasses a diverse range of expressive mediums, each playing a distinct role in the emotional and psychological well-being of individuals. This research article delves into the multifaceted dimensions of arts as a therapeutic medium through an analysis of John Greens acclaimed novel The Fault in Our Stars,with a particular focus on literature, music, games, and poetry. By analyzing how these forms of artistic engagement contribute to the characters’ emotional healing. This study aims to shed light on the inherent therapeutic qualities of literature  and other arrs and its potential to provide solace and guidance.

Keywords: Healing arts, literature, games, poetry, therapeutic medium, emotional healing, John Green, The Fault in Our Stars.

Healing Arts: Exploring Artistic Resonance in John Green’s The Fault in our Stars

Art has its beginning in the caves of stone-age man. From then on it has become a vital ingredient of life. It is mostly defined as a process of deliberately arranging items with symbolic significance. As a result, it influences and affects one or more of the senses, emotions and intellect. In art, one can find a diverse range of human activities, creation and modes of expression. Art in its various forms includes music, literature, film, photography, sculpture and paintings.  Healing is often an intricate process, and the utilization of various artistic mediums can significantly impact the emotional trajectories of individuals. John Green’s The Fault in Our Stars has garnered widespread acclaim for its profound portrayal of young love amidst the challenges of terminal illness. Green intertwines literature, music, games, and poetry to underscore the importance of the healing in navigating the complexities of life, love, and loss. This paper explores how the novel exemplifies the healing arts, demonstrating how literature  and varied art can play a therapeutic role in the lives of both fictional characters and real-world readers.

Expressing oneself through various media such as art and literature has been a desire of mankind since the beginning of time. Literature has the unique ability to transport readers into alternate worlds, allowing them to experience a range of emotions and perspectives. Nobody can imagine a life without art. Artists express their emotional world through art and spectators or readers let this world pass through the realm of their sensuality. It is the sphere of feelings and sentiments of a person arising from his direct experience. Emotions in art are special. There are many pros and cons in the feelings of everyday life. In real life feelings and emotions come in a variety of shades, from negative to positive.

Emotions in art have social impact, they are very similar to the feelings of every humans.Through feelings art reaches the inner world of a human being, inspiring him and making him humane, and moulding his personality. Art can go to the extent of solving pedagogical and psychological problems. In addition, art acts as a psychotherapeutic therapeutic tool for the soul, which is capable of relieving psychological and spiritual distress. 

As an art form, literature has been used to express mankind’s deepest emotions and observations, most profound thinking and firm beliefs. Literature encompasses many genres such as drama, poetry, and novels. While both physical arts and literature are a form of self-expression, each also represents a profession. When the world of arts and literature is explored, mankind’s fascination for self-expression can be discovered.

Literature is a work of art in words. It is a writing that carries strong and lasting value through beauty or emotional power. Literature expresses the writers’ thoughts, hopes and fears. Writings become literature only when well written and are of lasting interest to people of many societies and different generations. Literature is a powerful weapon to change the world with its human ideas and emotions expressed through words.

Art has tremendous healing power. Mankind is very much accustomed to spiritual and physical healing through prayer. Concrete experiences of such healing were innumerable through the healing touch of Jesus Christ. Music too is known to bring emotional balance relieving one in distress. Music is the most accessible and most researched medium of art of healing, relieving one of anxiety. Creative writing and reading of literature too are healers in a broad sense.

The healing power of literature has been recognized throughout history, from ancient myths to modern novels. By immersing themselves in the lives of fictional characters, readers can gain insight into their own emotions and struggles. Most people resort to reading as a means of escape from reality. Further, the world seen through books creates awareness and realization of one’s faults when one is caught up in the mean world. In Green’s novel, protagonists Hazel Grace Lancaster and Augustus Waters navigate the challenges of cancer, mortality, and young love. Their emotional journeys serve as a lens through which readers can explore their own feelings of grief, fear, and hope. Both Hazel Grace and Augustus Waters are fond of reading books. Hazel reads her favourite novel ‘An Imperial Affliction’ by Peter Van Houten. Augustus reads ‘The Price of Dawn’, a brilliant novelization of his favourite video game.

 Hazel describes the book as her personal Bible, because it accurately matches her own experience. She finds relief through ‘An Imperial Affliction’. She says that she loves this book for its honesty. Anna, the main character of ‘An Imperial Affliction’, is a young girl with cancer who does not want to let this fact define her entire life. This parallels Hazel’s situation and causes Hazel to find empathy and connection in the book. Hazel finds this book as a touchstone to her life. She tries to deal with pain honestly and directly and also finds comfort in it.  She recommends ‘An Imperial Affliction’ to Augustus. She tells him that the book accurately reflects the reality of death. One dies in the midst of their life, in the midst of a conversation. But I want to know what happens to everyone else. Both of them are very curious to know about what happens to the characters at the end of the novel. This curiosity made them travel to Amsterdam to meet the author Peter Van Houten. Hazel reads books not to escape from reality but to escape from the eyes of the society that views herself as a cancer patient and not as a human being. Hazel believes and lives in reality. She has no illusions about her health. She comes to a better understanding of life through the novel ‘An Imperial Affliction’. Even though it is a fictional work it has a genuine value in her life. Hazel finds this novel a pain-reliever.

Augustus tends to deal with his pain through humour and sacrifices himself in a video game. He lends Hazel a copy of ‘The Price of Dawn’, a book based on his favourite video game.  Hazel reads the book and then purchases the first two sequels of ‘The Price of Dawn’. In human company Hazel feels the sense of otherness. While shopping with her friend Kaitlyn in a mall she realizes how Kaitlyn sees her as a cancer patient. Hazel says that social interactions were depressing because it was so obvious that everyone she talked to for the rest of her life would feel awkward and uncomfortable around her. So just to escape from Kaitlyn’s eyes Hazel begins to read the sequel to ‘The Price of Dawn’. 

Coming to Augustus and his friend Isaac, video game serves as an escape mechanism. Their interest in the game originates from their need to escape from pain. When Isaac’s girlfriend Monica deserts him, he cries in distress. Just to escape from that hard reality he resorts to playing video game. It is also a kind of healing for him.

 Augustus takes his game-playing seriously. When Hazel questions him as to why he has saved some hostages in the game instead of himself, he says, “All salvation is temporary, I bought them a minute. Maybe that’s the minute that buys them an hour, which is the hour that buys them a year. No one’s gonna buy them forever, Hazel Grace, but my life bought them a minute. And that’s not nothing” (59). The whole life-or-death situation inherent in video games is close to that of Augustus. Like the hostages in the game, he recognizes that he and his fellow cancer kids are working with a limited amount of time, and anytime gained is very valuable and precious. When Augusts is worried about his fear of oblivion, he indulges in playing a video game and feels comforted.

Peter Van Houten, the author of ‘An Imperial Affliction’, is an alcoholic. When Hazel and Augustus meet him at his house in Amsterdam, he is abrasive and drunk. He never reads his fans’ mails. All these are because he has lost his daughter Anna to cancer. After the death of Anna, he became bad tempered and alcoholic and was unable to cope with her loss. He became a writer because of his daughter. Meeting Hazel, he is reminded of Anna and that’s why he behaves in a cruel manner. He refuses to answer most of Hazel’s questions and he is very mean to them. To prove himself an intellectual genius, he replies cryptically, citing the paradox of Zeno’s tortoise. Zeno, a pre-Socratic philosopher was the first person in history to show that the concept of infinity is problematical. Van Houten saysZeno’s tortoise paradox is renowned for its paradoxical nature. Suppose that you are racing against a tortoise and the tortoise is ahead of you by ten yards. As you run, the tortoise may have moved one yard, and as you make up the distance, the tortoise will move a further distance, and this cycle continues indefinitely. You may be faster than the tortoise, but you will never catch it, you will only reduce its lead. You may simply run past the tortoise without considering the mechanics involved. The question of how to do this becomes extremely complicated. Nobody really figured it out until Cantor showed that some infinity is bigger than others.

Therefore, it shows that fast runners are not always winners. To escape from the present situation, Van Houten takes out his grief on others. Van Houten uses his intellect to escape from the reality. The idea of Zeno’s paradox comes later in the novel, providing Hazel and Augustus a way to understand the time they spent together. Although Van Houten does not provide the answers to the end of the novel, he does provide Hazel a way to imagine her relationship with Augustus. Hazel is happy for her small infinity with Augustus Waters.

            Hazel’s attending poetry classes and reading poetry are a proof that art is really healing. Poetry, through heavy use of imagery and word association, quickly conveys emotions. Poetry is something everyone can love, and it is a great art that can be part of our life. Poems with powerful images can help us retain them in memory and relish them as intellectual treat. Poems speak to us in many ways. A poem helps one express what cannot be said in other forms of writing, to suggest an experience, idea, or feeling. 

A concrete example is seen in John Keats, the Romantic poet, when threatened by consumption which ran in the family and which had already carried off his brother Tom expressed his fear of death through “When I have fears that I may cease to be” (Lall 3), a prophesying of his early death in Shakespearean form. His ‘Ode to a Nightingale’ is a song of death and despair. It contains the premonition of his premature death: “My heart aches, and a drowsy numbness pains / my sense, as though of hemlock I had drunk” (Lall 153). Through his expression of feelings, fear and pain he achieves psychological healing.                                               

            In the novel, Hazel attends a poetry class at MCC, their community college. When Augustus asks her about her interest, she says that she is interested in reading, “from, like, hideous romance to pretentious fiction to poetry” (33). At once Augustus yells saying, “Hazel Grace, you are the only teenager in America who prefers reading poetry to writing it” (33). Most people love to write poetry in order to express their feelings, but Hazel is fond of reading poetry. She feels very peaceful while reading poetry.

 During the flight Hazel reads the long poem Howl by Allen Ginsberg, which she is reading for her poetry class. The title Howl indicates protest, cry for all exploitation, repression and subjugation. In Howl, Ginsberg describes the desperation, the suffering and persecution of a group of outcastes who are seeking transcendent reality. They love narcotic things because they want to forget their pain. They have repulsion towards life and attraction towards death. Hazel tells Augustus, “The guys in this poem take even more drugs than I do” (152).

            How much poetry means to Hazel is seen in her having poems in memory. Augustus asks Hazel to recite a poem from her memory, and Hazel recites a part of T.S. Eliot’s poem The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock. At Oranjee Augusts requests Hazel to recite the final lines of the Prufrock  poem. She tells how it ends, “We have lingered in the chambers of the sea / By sea-girls wreathe with seaweed red and brown / Till human voices wake us, and we drown” (164). The poem reminds her of her own situation. This poem speaks about awareness, water and drowning. Drowning is a clear reference to death by water which Hazel fears.

 After returning from Anne Frank’s house, Hazel recites the poem Thirteen ways of looking at a Blackbird by Wallace Stevens. She recites the fifth stanza of the poem: “I do not know which to prefer, / The beauty of inflections / Or the beauty of innuendos, / The blackbird whistling /Or just after” (204). While Hazel and Gus are waiting for the ambulance to arrive, Gus asks her to read something, so she recites William Carlos William’s The Red Wheelbarrow until the ambulance arrives. She also makes some modification to the poem to describe Gus:

so much depends 

upon

a red wheel 

barrow

glazed with rain 

water

beside the white

chickens. (246-247)

This poem is an example of a true imagist poem. Red wheelbarrow is important to the farmer and she compares Gus to the wheelbarrow, meaning metaphorically that Gus is equally important to her. Here, she is the white chicken. The form of the poem itself is very symbolic. The wheelbarrow is red to show its power at the farm, and the chickens are white to show their purity. The wheelbarrow is covered with rain water. 

 The lines which Hazel adds to the poem are “And so much depends, upon a blue sky cut open by the branches of the trees above. So much depends upon the transparent G-tube erupting from the gut of blue-lipped boy. So much depends upon this observer of the universe” (247). Here, she tries to tell about the pitiable situation of Gus. His survival depends upon the observer of the universe that is God. It is in God’s hand to save him.

Towards the end of the novel, after Gus’s funeral, Hazel recalls the lines, “So dawn goes down to day, / Nothing gold can stay” (278) from the poem Nothing Gold can Stay by Robert Frost. This line symbolizes the idea that all the good and beautiful things in life eventually fade away. Nothing good can last. It shows the cycle of life and death. Hazel also thinks that even if death doesn’t get in the way, the kind of love that she and Augustus share could never last. Hazel’s love for books and poetry in general represents a certain escapism, not wanting to harm or affect other people and so retreating into the world of authors, fiction and poetry for comfort and kinship. Thus she finds healing through literature.

Music as a mechanism for relief is seen in the novel. Music has much significance in human life and people listen to music for different reasons and at different times. Intimate relation to music is one pretty way to make one feel happy or excited. There are many types of music like pop, rock, jazz, classical etc . . In addition to providing entertainment it can purify the mind and give positive energy. Music makes one relaxed and influences one’s mental health significantly. Music, through stimulation can abolish pain, and calm the neural activity in the brain. 

Van Houten is seen relieved from frustration by listening to Swedish rap music. In the early days most wrappers in Sweden rapped in English. Afasi and Filthy was a Swedish hip hop dou from Uppsala, Sweden. Peter Van Houten is a fan of the group and plays ‘Bomfallera’ when Hazel and Augustus meet him. When Hazel asks him to answer her questions, he suddenly brings up Zeno’s paradox of tortoise and quickly connects the theory to Swedish hip hop. When Augustus says that they don’t speak Swedish, at once Van Houten tells: 

Well, of course you don’t. Neither do I. Who the hell speaks Swedish? The important thing is not whatever nonsense the voices are saying, but the voices are feeling. Surely you know that there are only two emotions, love and fear, and that Afasi och Filthy navigate between them with the kind of facility that one simply does not find in hip-hop music outside Sweden. Shall I play it for u again? (188)

Augustus asks if Van Houten is playing some kind of performance on them, to which Van Houten replies that if they cannot hear Afasi and Filthy’s bravadic response to fear, then his work is not for them. He purposely plays the sound track, because he is frustrated by the presence of Hazel and Augustus Waters. To relieve himself from the frustration he plays the Swedish hip-hop rap music.

            To Hazel, like all entertainment the reality television show offers an escape from real life problems. She regularly watches “America’s Next Top Model marathon” (6), a reality show. This show grabs the attention of Hazel even though she is a brilliant young reader too.

Augustus’s house is decked out with inspirational quotes. On every single surface of the house, there are encouraging and inspirational phrases. When Hazel goes to Augustus’s house for the first time, she notices:

“A wooden plaque in the entryway was engraved in a cursive with the words Home Is Where the Heart Is, and the entire house turned out to be festooned in such observations. Good Friends Are Hard to Find and Impossible to Forget read an illustration above the coatrack. True Love Is Born from Hard Times promised a needlepointed pillow in their antique-furnished living room.” (26)

Augustus, on seeing Hazel reading them tells that his parents call them encouragements. Encouragements are a tangible form of comfort. Even though Hazel and Augustus may not agree with them, they know that to some extent it provides comfort and hope to Augustus’s parents. When Augustus dies, Hazel mentions a great quote in his eulogy which she found very comforting: “Without pain, we couldn’t know joy” (272), because she knows that it will mean a lot to his parents. 

            John Green’s The Fault in Our Stars beautifully illustrates how the healing arts, encompassing literature, music, games, and poetry, enrich the human experience by providing avenues for emotional expression, connection, and personal growth. As individuals navigate life’s challenges, these artistic mediums offer pathways toward healing, resilience, and a deeper understanding of oneself and others. As literature continues to play a pivotal role in shaping the human experience, it is essential to recognize and appreciate its potential to facilitate healing and transformation. Each character heals himself or herself by relying on an art such as reading a novel, reciting a poem, playing video game, listening to music, writing and encouragements. The concept of healing is thus intrinsically connected with some form of an art.

Works Cited

 Green, John. The Fault in Our Stars. India: Penguin Books, 2012. Print.

Lall, Ramji. John Keats: An Evaluation of His Poetry. New Delhi: Rama Brothers, 1995. Print.

Chandrayaan-3 Historic Moon Landing, A Few points from the ISRO website, and also Cheering News in Some Foreign Papers

After a 40-day journey starting from the Satish Dhawan Space Center in Sriharikota, Andhra Pradesh, the Indian Space Research Organisation’s (ISRO) Chandrayaan-3 mission landed successfully on the Moon at 6.04 PM Indian Standard Time (IST) on August 23, 2023 (Wednesday). Naturally, ISRO scientists and others are joyous, as are all the Indians. I am fascinated to see the line on the ISRO website isro.gov.in/Chandrayaan3
‘I reached my destination, and you too!’: Chandrayaan-3; Chandrayaan-3 has successfully soft-landed on the moon. Congratulations, India! A few points from the website are presented here for the benefit of readers.
a) “The Lander Module is in 25 km x 134 km orbit. Powered descent is expected to commence on August 23, 2023, around 1745 hours of Indian Standard Time (IST).
b) The Lander Module is in 113 km x 157 km orbit around the moon. The second de-boosting is planned for August 20, 2023
c) The Lander Module is successfully separated from the Propulsion Module. Deboosting is planned for August 18, 2023.
d) The spacecraft is in an orbit of 153 km x 163 km after the firing on August 16, 2023
e) The mission is in the orbit circularisation phase. The spacecraft is in 151 km x 179 km orbit (as of August 14, 2023)
f) Chandrayaan-3 is successfully inserted into the lunar orbit. The orbit achieved is 164 km x 18074 km, as intended” (as of August 5, 2023)”
It is pertinent to mention that as per the website, “LVM3 M4 vehicle successfully launched Chandrayaan-3 into orbit. Chandrayaan-3, in its precise orbit, has begun its journey to the Moon. Health of the Spacecraft is normal”.
With the mission, India has joined a small and exclusive club of countries that have managed to soft land on the Moon after the US, Russia, and China. For the successful landing on the Moon, many foreign newspapers /agencies felt happy. According to Reuters (online), “An Indian spacecraft landed on the rugged, unexplored south pole of the moon on Wednesday in a mission seen as crucial to lunar exploration and India’s standing as a space power, just days after a similar Russian lander crashed”. Dawn of Pakistan has written, “India on Wednesday became the first nation to land a craft near the Moon’s south pole, a historic triumph for the world’s most populous nation and its ambitious, cut-price space programme”. Arab News has mentioned, “this was India’s second attempt to land a spacecraft on the moon and comes less than a week after Russia’s Luna-25 mission failed”. Another newspaper Aljazeera has highlighted, “India successfully lands spacecraft near the moon’s south pole, making it the first country to do so”. Also, it observed in the online newspaper that “Indian PM Modi says mission’s success belongs to all of humanity.”
Before conclusion, I wish to mention that ISRO was previously known as the Indian National Committee for Space Research (INCOSPAR), set up by the Government of India in 1962, as envisioned by Dr. VikramA Sarabhai. ISRO was formed on August 15, 1969, and superseded INCOSPAR with an expanded role to harness space technology. The Government of India constituted the Space Commission and established the Department of Space (DoS) in 1972 and brought ISRO under DoS management on June 1, 1972.

Prof. Shankar Chatterjee, Hyderabad

stevie Edward died at 58 by lung cancer

Expressions and CULTURE

Stevie Edwards, Design Originator Who Styled Diana Ross, Kicks the bucket At 58. The Washington Park local concentrated on design at Dunbar Professional Foundation, was found by Dark Magazine matron Eunice Johnson and got one of his greatest breaks from the Oprah Winfrey Show.

Style fashioner Stevie Edwards as of late sent off an internet based mission to assist with clinical expenses as he fights Stage 3 cellular breakdown in the lungs.

Edwards’ sister, Aretha Edwards, said the style creator kicked the bucket calmly Sunday encompassed by friends and family. He’d combat cellular breakdown in the lungs for over two years. The family will design a remembrance to respect him before very long, she said.

‘Shadow under the light in Jadavpur University’: Death of a Bright Student Because of Terrible Ragging

Jadavpur University is a state University located in Jadavpur, Kolkata. It was established in 1905 as Bengal Technical Institute and was converted into Jadavpur University in 1955. In 2023, it was ranked fourth among universities in India by the National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF). It also achieved 10th rank in the engineering category and 13th overall in the National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF) 2023 (wikipedia.org/wiki/Jadavpur_University). In 1910, the Society for the Promotion of Technical Education in Bengal, which looked after Bengal Technical Institute (which later became the College of Engineering and Technology, Bengal), was amalgamated with NCE. NCE henceforth looked after the College of Engineering and Technology, Bengal. After Independence, on December 24, 1955, Jadavpur University was officially established by the Government of West Bengal with the concurrence of the Government of India. It is pertinent to mention that as per University Grants Commission (UGC), as on March 31, 2023, there is a total of 1078 universities, including 54 Central Universities, 464 State Public Universities,128 Deemed Universities, and 432 State Private Universities. Also, there are some fake universities, list of fake universities can be seen on the UGC website (sarkarilist.in/ugc-approved-university).

I am shocked to read in print media and watched in electronic media about the death of a bright student Swapnodeep Kundu because of ragging at Jadavpur University. Swapnodeep Kundu, an 18-year-old admitted youth, was admitted to the university to study Honours in Bengali as an undergraduate student. He died after falling from the balcony of Jadavpur University’s main hostel within a few days after admitting. As a senior citizen (nearly 67 years old), I could not control my emotion as Kundu’s death is horrific. I wish to mention that before the partition of India, United Bengal was, in all respects, an iconic State in United India. Unfortunately, after the partition of India, West Bengal was created, where lakhs of refugees migrated mainly for fear of life from then East Pakistan. Anyway, development scaled down in the present days of West Bengal. Under the leadership of Dr. B.C. Roy (Chief Minster of West Bengal), many development works took place in the State, but during Communists’ rule, strikes, lockouts, etc., ruined the work culture. I feel West Bengal has been losing its glory as many residents of West Bengal have been coming to the Southern part of India for treatment, and many children/youths have been joining for higher education. Now both rigging and ragging are the news in the State of so-called ‘Bhadralooks’ (gentlemen). Anyway, the death of Swapnodeep Kundu because of ragging is highly deplorable, horrific news, and a devil’s act as it happened in a so-called rank-holding university. I have come to know some youths/devils were arrested, but my hunch is what the top officials of the Jadavpur University were doing when ragging-type cruelty took place. Moreover, as per the Calcutta News TV channel, dated August 13, 2023, on the campus of Jadavpur University near the hostel, alcohol bottles, condoms, etc, were found. Since on TV, I saw; otherwise, I would not have believed it. This is very shuddering news.

 I appeal to political leaders of West Bengal, bureaucrats, members of civil societies, NGOs, and common people of the State (irrespective of caste, creed, and religion); please raise all of your voices against ragging and also unlawful activities which have been happening in the hostel of the university. No powerful persons escape from the law if anyone directly or indirectly is involved. Also, I suggest CCTV cameras must be installed to expose the unpleasant activities of the students and others. Everybody’s child is favourite and dear to the parent. I wish to mention some of the ruling party leaders of the State always blame the Union Government and thus divert attention, so it should not happen here.

NAXALITE ACTIVITIES

As per Seventh Schedule of the Constitution of India, subjects of Police and Public Order are with the State Governments. However, the Government of India (GoI) has been supplementing the efforts of States affected by left wing extremism. To address the issue of Left Wing Extremism (LWE) holistically, a National Policy and Action Plan to address  Left  Wing  Extremism (LWE) was  approved  in 2015. It  envisages    a   multi-pronged     strategy     involving   security    related measures, development interventions, ensuring rights and entitlements of local communities etc. While on security front, the Central Government assists the LWE affected State Government by providing Central Armed Police Forces battalions, training, provision of funds through schemes like Security Related Expenditure (SRE) and Special Infrastructure Scheme (SIS), funds for modernization of State police forces, equipment & arms, sharing of intelligence, construction of Fortified Police Stations etc; on development side, the Central Government has taken various measures including construction of roads, installation of mobile towers, improving network of banks, post offices, health and education facilities in the LWE areas.

Under Security Related Expenditure (SRE) Scheme funds are provided to LWE affected states for capacity building of the States through provisions of ex-gratia to the family of civilian/security forces killed in LWE violence, training and operational needs of security forces, rehabilitation of surrendered LWE cadre, community policing, compensation to security force personnel/civilians for property damage by left wing extremists, etc. Under the scheme, funds are not released district-wise but state-wise. Balaghat, Mandla and Dindori districts of Madhya Pradesh and Gadchiroli district of Maharashtra are covered under the scheme. Rs.1485 crore have been released to the LWE affected states in last 05 years. This includes Rs.14.05 crore for Madhya Pradesh and Rs.91.63 crore for Maharashtra.

Under Special Infrastructure Scheme (SIS), funds are provided to States for the following purposes:

  1. Strengthening of their Special Forces (SFs) Special Intelligence Branches (SIBs) for LWE operations only.
  2. Strengthening/construction of Fortified Police Stations.
  3. Strengthening of district police.

Under the scheme, funds are not released district-wise but state- wise. Balaghat, Mandla and Dindori districts of Madhya Pradesh and Gadchiroli district of Maharashtra are covered under the scheme. A total of Rs.324.90 crore have been released to the LWE affected states since 2018-19.  This include Rs.0.71 crore for Madhya Pradesh and Rs.12.85 crore for Maharashtra.

To give further impetus for development in the most LWE affected districts, funds are provided to the States under ‘Special Central Assistance (SCA)’ to fill the  critical  gaps  in  public  infrastructure  and services.  Rs.3120.74 crore  has been released to the States since 2018-19. The details of funds (in Rs.crore) released to the districts of Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra are as under:

StateFunds released
Balaghat (MP)20
Mandla (MP)2.5
Gadchiroli (Maharashtra)69.88

On development front, apart from flagship schemes of Government of India (GoI) has taken several specific initiatives in LWE affected States, with special thrust on expansion of road network, improving Telecom connectivity, skill development and financial inclusion:

  • For expansion of road network, 13234 km roads have been constructed. Of which 250 km of roads in Madhya Pradesh and 869 km in Maharashtra have been constructed.
  • To improve telecom connectivity, 2343 mobile towers are installed in phase-I of the Mobile Tower Project. Of which 22 in Madhya Pradesh     and     65     in     Maharashtra     have     been     installed.
  • Under phase-II of the Mobile Tower Project, 2542 Mobile Towers are under installation. Of these, 23 are for Madhya Pradesh and 125 are for Maharashtra.  In additional to this, 05 more towers have been approved for Madhya Pradesh in May, 2023.
  • For financial inclusion of the local populace in these areas 927 Bank Branches (Maharashtra 81), 944 ATMs (Maharashtra 42) and 27513 Banking Correspondents (Maharashtra 699) in 30 Most LWE Affected Districts since April-2015.
  • 4903 new Post Offices in 90 districts have been opened during last 08 years. Of these 511 are opened in Madhya Pradesh and 829 are opened in Maharashtra.
  • For skill development 43 ITIs (Madhya Pradesh- 01) and 38 Skill Development Centres (SDCs) (Madhya Pradesh- 02) have been made functional in LWE affected districts.
  • For quality education in tribal blocks of LWE affected districts 125 Eklavya Model Residential Schools (EMRSs) have been made functional in 90 LWE affected districts, of which 11 are in Madhya Pradesh and 09 are in Maharashtra.

Steadfast implementation of this policy has resulted in consistent decline in LWE violence across the nation. The  number  of  LWE related violent incidents have come down by 76% in 2022 in comparison of high of 2010. The number of resultant deaths (Security Forces + Civilians) have also reduced by 90% from all time high of 1005 in 2010 to 98 in 2022. Details of LWE violence in LWE affected States during the last five years (year-wise) are as under: –

Parameter/Year201820192020202120222023(till July 15)
Incidents833670665361*148**413*118**273*63**
Deaths(Civilians & Security Forces)2402021831479879

* Incidents perpetrated by Left Wing Extremists

** Incidents Initiated by Security Forces

From 2022, the data is maintained separately for number of incidents perpetrated by Left Wing Extremists & Incidents initiated by Security Forces.

   The geographical spread of LWE violence has also been constricted and the districts reporting violence also reduced from 96 (2010) to 45 (2022).

ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY AGAINST NARCOTICS

Destruction of seized drugs is a continuous process. NCB, under directions of Ministry of Home Affairs, has initiated a special campaign for destruction of seized drug from 01.06.2022 in collaboration with other Drug Law Enforcement Agencies (DLEAs). In the said campaign, more than 10,17,523 Kgs of drugs has been destroyed till date including 1,40,969 kgs of drugs destroyed on 17.07.2023.

   The Govt. of India has adopted two pronged strategy to achieve the vision of “Nasha Mukt Bharat”:-

  • Drugs supply reduction initiatives.
  • Drugs demand reduction initiatives.
  1. Some of the drugs supply reduction initiatives taken by the Government are as detailed below:-
  2. Narco Coordination Centre (NCORD) – The Government has introduced the NCORD mechanism in 2016 to have effective coordination of actions among various Ministries, Departments, Central and States law enforcement agencies dealing with narcotics. The mechanism was restructured in 2019 into a 4 tier structure as detailed under:-
  • Apex Level Committee (headed by Union Home Secretary)
  • Executive Level Committee (headed by Special Secretary (IS), MHA).
  • State Level Committee (headed by Chief Secretary of the concerned State).
  • District Level Committee (Headed by District Magistrate)

The NCORD mechanism has been further strengthened by addition of new members at different levels to make it more effective and comprehensive.

  1. A Joint Coordination Committee (JCC) was constituted vide MHA’s order dated 19 July, 2019 consisting of Central and State Agencies to monitor investigations in case of large seizure of drugs.
  2. A special Task Force on Dark net and Crypto currency has been constituted to monitor suspicious transactions related to drugs on Darknet.
  3. To prevent smuggling along border areas various border guarding forces like BSF, SSB and Assam Rifles have been empowered under Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substance (NDPS) Act, 1985 to make interdiction of drugs.
  4. To mitigate the problem of drug trafficking through maritime route, the Indian Coast Guard (ICG) has been empowered under the Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act for making interdiction of narcotic drugs at sea.
  5. Since illicit trafficking of narcotic drugs and its abuse is a trans-national problem, Govt. of India has entered into bilateral agreements with 27 countries, Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with 16 countries and 02 Agreements on Security Cooperation for preventing illicit trafficking in narcotic drugs, psychotropic substances and precursor chemicals.
  1. Some of the initiatives taken by the Government for Drugs demand reduction are as follow :-
  1. National Action Plan for Drug Demand Reduction (NAPDDR) is an umbrella scheme of Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment (MoSJ&E) under which financial assistance is provided to State Governments/ Union Territory (UT) Administrations for Preventive Education and Awareness Generation, Capacity Building, Skill development, vocational training and livelihood support to ex-drug addicts, Programmes for Drug Demand Reduction by States/UTs and Non-Governmental Organizations/ Voluntary Organizations for running and maintenance of Integrated Rehabilitation Centers for Addicts (IRCAs), Community based Peer Led Interventions (CPLI) for early Drug Use Prevention among Adolescents, Outreach and Drop In Centers (ODIC) and Addiction treatment facilities (ATFs) in Government Hospitals.
  2. Launching of Nasha Mukt Bharat Abhiyan (NMBA) in 372 most vulnerable districts with a massive community outreach programme, involving more than 8000 youth volunteers.
  3. The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment is also running a National Toll Free Helpline 14446 to provide tele-counseling to drug users and refer them to the nearest de-addiction center.
  4. NCB has also launched awareness campaigns through various social media platforms by way of Audio Video messages of eminent personalities from the field of Politics, Bureaucracy, Sports, Films, Music etc. and also through Telecom Service Providers, FM Radios, Television Channels, etc.

Caste Issue: The highly deplorable incident at Vidyasagar University of West Bengal                     

Shankar Chatterjee

Vidyasagar University, located in the Midnapore district of West Bengal named after the most illustrious son of Bengal as well as one of the doyens of the Indian Renaissance, Pandit Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar. It was established that is, the classes started in 1986, The University is now in the news because of caste issues. The Deputy Registrar of Vidyasagar University has accused the Registrar of the University of caste discrimination against him. The Deputy Registrar filed a police complaint also, and he even approached the High Court. The Deputy Registrar complained of constant mental torture, starting from caste insults day after day by the Registrar. According to the Deputy Registrar, even he had to take sleeping pills for his sleep which is very unfortunate. This matter is in the court, so the court verdict will reflect the truth. My hunch is that Deputy Registrar (SC), who himself is a highly qualified person why, made the allegation (police complaint and filed a case in the High Court) against the Registrar. Probably, he was insulted by the Registrar. By reading different print media and observing electronic media about the news, I am very shocked and condemn such incidents. I feel a person cannot be abused in the name of caste or religion, or qualification or for any issue. ‘Humanity is the only Caste’. It is pertinent to mention that United Bengal once upon a time was great news as many stalwarts, whether in the field of literature, spirituality, sports, independence movement, etc, were born. Even many social activists and social reformers came from the United Bengal. But after the partition in 1947, West Bengal was created, and the State faced many problems, particularly lakhs of refugees came in the State. Anyway, I feel after the Communist rule, the deterioration of the State started because in the name of the labour movement for their so-called ‘rights’, many factories, business establishments, industries, etc., were closed down or became sick. As a result, at the cost of West Bengal, many other states of India developed, but ‘bhadralooks’ (meaning gentlemen) were silent. For them, as if nothing happened. Anyway, presently, Indians observed in the name of elections in West Bengal (Assembly and Panchayati elections) widespread violence, murder, arson, damage to properties, etc., took place. Even ballot boxes were found in the ponds. Unfortunately, West Bengal rulers ignored all these and diverted attention, blaming the Centre by citing examples from other states. Now the caste-related incident has upset me to a great extent as I never thought that in a culturally developed State like West Bengal, there will be discrimination in the name of caste. According to the Deputy Registrar, his senior, i.e., Registrar, used to give him non-academic activities such as supervising sweepers, etc.  We all know long ago, there were caste issues in United Bengal (domination of Brahminism), and to neutralize the issue, Brahmo Samaj was promoted by leading personalities such as Raja Rammohan Roy, Devendra Nath Tagore father of Rabindranath Tagore, and many others. Now in July 2023, discrimination in the name of caste that too in West Bengal is news.  I feel it should not happen in West Bengal when the people claim ‘they are Bhadralooks’ (Gentlemen). The political leaders of the state should not compare West Bengal with other states, whether ‘BIMARU’ or ‘non-BIMARU’.  

References

Blunt, E. (2010). The caste system of northern India. Gyan Publishing House.

Hoff, K. (2016). Caste system. World Bank policy research working paper, (7929).

Sharma SN, editor. New perspectives in sociology and allied fields. EduPedia Publications (P) Ltd; 2016 Jun 3.

Indians witnessed the flow of blood in the Panchayat Election of West Bengal held in 2023

The recently held Panchayat election in West Bengal has not only pained me but is painful to the rational citizens of the country. The Father of the Nation, Mahatma Gandhiji, felt that Panchayat should be a neutral body. In fact, he didn’t desire an election also. But for a simple local-level election, more than 50 people died, many were injured, and many houses and vehicles were damaged. The candidates were assaulted. Indians know the misuse of ballot boxes and ballot papers in the election. After all the awful incidents, a ruling party leader openly criticized the judiciary of the State because he probably felt that the ‘judiciary is not favouring the ruling party’. I request the intellectuals of the State, members of civil societies, NGOs, and other rational people of West Bengal, please look at recent assembly elections held in other States where violence virtually did not take place, no death took place, and, e.g., Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh are examples. I had the opportunity to visit across the State and interacted with many irrespective of castes, creeds, religions, educational qualifications, etc., and observed many were scared to talk about the present administration. Anyway, it has to be agreed that once upon a time State produced many stalwarts in different fields, but now the worst type of violence in elections, corruption by some ruling party leaders, loose talk by leaders, etc., have scaled down the image of the State. It is pertinent to mention that “Filmmaker-activist Aparna Sen has written an open letter to Mamata Banerjee, Chief Minister of the State, holding her and her government responsible for the violence in the panchayat polls that claimed 52 lives. Multiple sources have estimated the rural poll toll to be over 60”. Further, addressing Mamata Banerjee, Aparna Sen read: “You are the chief minister and home minister of West Bengal. Without overseeing the constitutional responsibility of the election commission, one can definitely say that the panchayat poll-cantered killings and anarchy were primarily the responsibility of the West Bengal government and you. You cannot deny this responsibility as the home minister of West Bengal” (The Telegraph online, Aparna Sen points finger at CM Mamata Banerjee over Bengal panchayat poll violence, July 21. 2023). My hunch is that if the madam of WB or anyone from her party gets the PM post, then Indians will awfully suffer as the present ruling party of the State cannot control a local-level election; then how India type of incredible country can be controlled? Because we all in school days read ‘Morning shows the day’.

Third G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors Meeting

All G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors agreed to paragraphs 1, 4, and paragraphs 6 to 26 along with Annexes 1 and 2.

  1. We, the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of G20 countries, met on 17-18 July 2023, in Gandhinagar, India. Under the Indian Presidency’s theme of “One Earth, One Family, One Future”, we pledge to prioritize the well-being of our people and the planet and reaffirm our commitment to enhancing international economic cooperation, strengthening global development for all and steering the global economy towards strong, sustainable, balanced, and inclusive growth (SSBIG).
  2. 1 2Since February 2022, we have also witnessed the war in Ukraine further adversely impact the global economy. There was a discussion on the issue. We reiterated our national positions as expressed in other fora, including the UN Security Council and the UN General Assembly, which, in Resolution No. ES- 11/1 dated 2 March 2022, as adopted by majority vote (141 votes for, 5 against, 35 abstentions, 12 absent), deplores in the strongest terms the aggression by the Russian Federation against Ukraine and demands its complete and unconditional withdrawal from the territory of Ukraine. Most members strongly condemned the war in Ukraine and stressed that it is causing immense human suffering and exacerbating existing fragilities in the global economy constraining growth, increasing inflation, disrupting supply chains, heightening energy and food insecurity, and elevating financial stability risks. There were other views and different assessments of the situation and sanctions. Recognising that the G20 is not the forum to resolve security issues, we acknowledge that security issues can have significant consequences for the global economy.
  3. It is essential to uphold international law and the multilateral system that safeguards peace and stability. This includes defending all the Purposes and Principles enshrined in the Charter of the United Nations and adhering to international humanitarian law, including the protection of civilians and infrastructure in armed conflicts. The use or threat of use of nuclear weapons is inadmissible. The peaceful resolution of conflicts, efforts to address crises, as well as diplomacy and dialogue are vital. Today’s era must not be of war.

1 China stated that the G20 FMCBG meeting is not the right forum to discuss geopolitical issues.

2 Russia dissociated itself from the status of this document as a common outcome because of references in paragraphs 2, 3 and 5.

  1. Global economic growth is below its long-run average and remains uneven. The uncertainty around the outlook remains high. With notable tightening in global financial conditions, which could worsen debt vulnerabilities, persistent inflation and geoeconomic tensions, the balance of risks remains tilted to the downside. We, therefore, reiterate the need for well-calibrated monetary, fiscal, financial, and structural policies to promote growth, reduce inequalities and maintain macroeconomic and financial stability. We will continue to enhance macro policy cooperation and support the progress towards the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. We reaffirm that achieving SSBIG will require policymakers to stay agile and flexible in their policy response, as evidenced during the recent banking turbulence in a few advanced economies where expeditious action by relevant authorities helped to maintain financial stability and manage spillovers. We welcome the initial steps taken by the Financial Stability Board (FSB), Standard Setting Bodies (SSBs) and in certain jurisdictions to examine what lessons can be learned from this recent banking turbulence and encourage them to advance their ongoing work. We will use macroprudential policies, where required, to safeguard against downside risks. Central banks remain strongly committed to achieving price stability in line with their respective mandates. They will ensure that inflation expectations remain well anchored and will clearly communicate policy stances to help limit negative cross-country spillovers. Central bank independence is crucial to maintaining policy credibility. We will prioritise temporary and targeted fiscal measures to protect the poor and the most vulnerable, while maintaining medium-term fiscal sustainability. We will ensure the coherence of the overall monetary and fiscal stances. We recognise the importance of supply-side policies, especially policies that increase labour supply and enhance productivity to boost growth and alleviate price pressures. We reaffirm our April 2021 exchange rate commitments. We also reaffirm the importance of the rules-based, non-discriminatory, fair, open, inclusive, equitable, sustainable and transparent multilateral trading system with the World Trade Organization (WTO) at its core in restoring growth and job creation and reiterate our commitment to fight protectionism and encourage concerted efforts for reform of the WTO.
  2. While global food and energy prices have fallen from their peak levels, the potential for high levels of volatility in food and energy markets remains, given the uncertainties in the global economy. In this context, we welcome the G20 Report on Macroeconomic Impacts of Food and Energy Insecurity and their Implications for the Global Economy, informed by policy experiences shared by members and supported by analysis from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank Group (WBG), International Energy Agency (IEA) and Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) and take note of its voluntary and non-binding policy learnings. We look forward to an ambitious replenishment of the International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD) resources at the end of the year by IFAD members, to support IFAD’s fight against food insecurity.
  3. We also take note of the discussions on assessing macroeconomic risks to SSBIG, including those stemming from climate change and various transition policies considering country-specific circumstances and different levels of development. The macroeconomic costs of the physical impacts of climate change are significant at an aggregate level and the cost of inaction substantially outweighs that of orderly and just climate transitions. We recognise the importance of international dialogue and cooperation, including in the areas of finance and technology, and timely policy action consistent with country- specific circumstances. It is also critical to assess and account for the short, medium and long-term macroeconomic impact of both the physical impact of climate change and transition policies, including on growth, inflation, and unemployment. We endorse the G20 Report on Macroeconomic Risks Stemming from Climate Change and Transition Pathways that presents an evidence-based assessment informed by policy experiences shared by members and technical inputs from the IMF, IEA, and the Network of Central Banks and Supervisors for Greening the Financial System (NGFS). Building on analysis in this Report, we will consider further work on the macroeconomic implications, as appropriate, particularly as relevant for fiscal and monetary policies, drawing on the inputs from a diverse set of stakeholders.
  4. We remain committed to pursuing ambitious efforts to evolve and strengthen Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) to address the global challenges of the 21st century with a continued focus on addressing the development needs of low- and middle-income countries.
  5. Following up on the mandate from our Leaders in Bali in November 2022 and based on the updates from MDBs in Spring 2023, a G20 Roadmap for Implementing the Recommendations of the G20 Independent Review of MDBs Capital Adequacy Frameworks (CAFs) has been developed. We endorse this Roadmap and call for its ambitious implementation, within MDBs’ own governance frameworks while safeguarding their long-term financial sustainability, robust credit ratings and preferred creditor status. We also call for a regular review of the progress of implementation on a rolling basis including through engaging with MDBs, subject experts and shareholders. We commend the MDBs for their progress in implementing the CAF recommendations, especially with respect to adapting definitions of risk appetite and financial innovation. At the same time, we emphasise the need to give an additional push to CAF implementation. We appreciate the ongoing collaboration among MDBs on the timely release of Global Emerging Markets (GEMs) data and the launch of GEMs 2.0 as a stand-alone entity by early 2024. Going forward, we also encourage MDBs to collaborate in areas such as hybrid capital, callable capital, and guarantees. We appreciate the enhanced dialogue between the MDBs, Credit Rating Agencies and shareholders and encourage continued transparency in the exchange of information and rating methodologies. We take note that initial CAF measures, including those under implementation and consideration, could potentially yield additional lending headroom of approximately USD 200 billion over the next decade, as estimated in the G20 CAF Roadmap. While these are encouraging first steps, we will need continued and further impetus on CAF implementation.
  6. Furthermore, we reiterate our call for the MDBs to undertake comprehensive efforts to evolve their vision, incentive structures, operational approaches and financial capacities so that they are better equipped to maximize their impact in addressing a wide range of global challenges, while being consistent with their mandate and commitment to accelerate progress towards Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Recognising the urgent need to strengthen and evolve the MDB ecosystem for the 21st century, we appreciate the efforts of the G20 Independent Expert Group on Strengthening MDBs in preparing Volume 1 of the Report, and we will examine it in conjunction with Volume 2 expected in October 2023. We take note of Volume 1’s recommendations and the MDBs may choose to discuss these recommendations as relevant and appropriate, within their governance frameworks, in due course, with a view to enhancing the effectiveness of MDBs. We look forward to a High-Level Seminar, on the sidelines of the Fourth FMCBG meeting in October 2023 on strengthening the financial capacity of MDBs. We encourage MDBs to update the International Financial Architecture Working Group (IFA WG) on their evolution efforts to better address global challenges. We welcome the March 2023 Report on Evolution of the World Bank Group and call on the World Bank to advance the implementation of the agreed actions and continue to develop further proposals that can contribute to significant progress of the Bank’s evolution exercise by the IMF/WBG 2023 Annual Meetings in Marrakech. Recognising other multilateral efforts in this area, we take note of the Summit for a New Global Financing Pact. We also look forward to an ambitious IDA21 replenishment. We acknowledge the concluding report on the 2020 Shareholding Review of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and look forward to the 2025 Shareholding Review.
  7. We reiterate our commitment to a strong, quota-based, and adequately resourced IMF at the centre of the global financial safety net. We remain committed to revisiting the adequacy of quotas and will continue the process of IMF governance reform under the 16th General Review of Quotas (GRQ), including a new quota formula as a guide, and ensure the primary role of quotas in IMF resources, to be concluded by December 15, 2023. In this context, we support at least maintaining the IMF’s current resource envelope. We welcome the landmark achievement of the global ambition of USD 100 billion of voluntary contributions (in SDRs or equivalent) and USD 2.6 billion of grants in pledges for countries most in need and call for the swift delivery of pending pledges. We welcome the progress achieved under the Resilience and Sustainability Trust (RST) and Poverty Reduction and Growth Trust (PRGT) with pledges for the RST amounting to about USD 45.5 billion and for the PRGT to about USD 24.2 billion in loan resources and nearly USD 1.9 billion in subsidy resources, respectively, through the voluntary channelling of Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) or equivalent contributions. We call for further voluntary subsidy and loan pledges to the PRGT by the IMF/WBG 2023 Annual Meetings in Marrakech to meet the first stage PRGT fundraising needs. We look forward to the IMF delivering a preliminary analysis, by the 2023 IMF/WBG Annual Meetings, of the range of options to put the PRGT on a sustainable footing with a view to meeting the growing needs of low-income countries in the coming years. The G20 reiterates its continued support to Africa, including through the G20 Compact with Africa. We will continue to monitor progress on channelling SDRs or equivalent contributions from countries with strong external positions and look forward to the IMF Ex-Post Report on the use of SDRs in September. We will continue to monitor the effectiveness of RST supported programs and look forward to interim review scheduled for April 2024. We look forward to further progress on the exploration of viable options for channelling SDRs through MDBs, while respecting relevant legal frameworks and the need to preserve the reserve asset character and status of SDRs. We look forward to the review of precautionary arrangements (FCL, PLL and SLL) and take note of the discussions held on the IMF surcharge policy.
  8. We welcome discussions on the potential macro-financial implications arising from the introduction and adoption of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs), notably on cross-border payments as well as on the international monetary and financial system. We welcome the BIS Innovation Hub (BISIH) Report on Lessons Learnt on CBDCs and look forward to the IMF Report on Potential macro-financial implications of widespread adoption of CBDCs to advance the discussion on this issue. We also look forward to continued discussions on the implementation of international frameworks for the use of different tools in addressing capital flow volatility based on the policy updates by the IMF, the OECD, and the BIS while being mindful of their original purpose. We reiterate our commitment to promote sustainable capital flows. To this effect, we note the OECD’s Report on Towards Orderly Green Transition – Investment Requirements and Managing Risks to Capital Flows.
  9. We re-emphasise the importance of addressing debt vulnerabilities in low and middle-income countries in an effective, comprehensive and systematic manner. We continue to stand by all the commitments made in the Common Framework for Debt Treatments beyond the DSSI, including those in the second and final paragraphs, as agreed on November 13, 2020, and step up the implementation of the Common Framework in a predictable, timely, orderly and coordinated manner. To this end, we ask the G20 International Financial Architecture Working Group (IFA WG) to continue discussing policy-related issues linked to implementation of the Common Framework and make appropriate recommendations. We welcome the recent agreement between the Government of Zambia and official creditor committee on a debt treatment and look forward to a swift resolution. We welcome the formation of an official creditor committee for Ghana and look forward to an agreement on a debt treatment as soon as possible. We also call for a swift conclusion of the debt treatment for Ethiopia. Beyond the Common Framework, we welcome all efforts for timely resolution of the debt situation of Sri Lanka, including the formation of the official creditor committee, and we call for the resolution as soon as possible. Noting the work in developing the G20 Note on the Global Debt Landscape in a fair and comprehensive manner, we ask the G20 IFA WG to continue the development expeditiously. We encourage the efforts of the Global Sovereign Debt Roundtable (GSDR) participants to strengthen communication and foster a common understanding among key stakeholders, both within and outside the Common Framework, for facilitating effective debt treatments.
  10. We welcome joint efforts by all stakeholders, including private creditors, to continue working towards enhancing debt transparency. We note the results of the voluntary stocktaking exercise of data sharing with International Financial Institutions. We welcome the efforts of private sector lenders who have already contributed data to the joint Institute of International Finance (IIF)/OECD Data Repository Portal and continue to encourage others to also contribute on a voluntary basis.
  11. We emphasise the need for enhanced mobilisation of finances and efficient use of existing resources in our efforts to make the cities of tomorrow inclusive, resilient, and sustainable. To this effect, we endorse the G20 Principles for Financing Cities of Tomorrow, which are voluntary and non-binding in nature and the G20/OECD Report on Financing Cities of Tomorrow, which provides a financing strategy as well as presents a compendium of innovative urban planning and financing models. We encourage stakeholders, including the Development Financial Institutions and the MDBs, to explore the potential of drawing upon these principles in their planning and financing of urban infrastructure wherever applicable and share experiences from early pilot cases. We note the progress in outlining the enablers of inclusive cities. We also note the customisable G20/ADB Framework on Capacity Building of Urban Administration to guide local governments in assessing and enhancing their overall institutional capacity for the effective delivery of public services. We note the ongoing pilot application of the voluntary and non-binding Quality Infrastructure Investment (QII) Indicators and look forward to further discussion on their application considering the country circumstances. We thank the Global Infrastructure Hub for supporting the G20’s multi-year infrastructure agenda since 2014. We note that the GIH Board and shareholders are currently engaged in exploring a way to best sustain the value created so far. We look forward to the outcome report of the 2023 Infrastructure Investors Dialogue focused on integrating the private sector perspective in designing policies for financing cities of tomorrow.
  12. We continue to reaffirm our steadfast commitment to strengthening the full and effective implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement. We recall and reaffirm the commitment made by developed countries to the goal of mobilising jointly USD 100 billion climate finance per year by 2020, and annually through 2025, to address the needs of developing countries, in the context of meaningful mitigation action and transparency in implementation. Developed country- contributors expect this goal to be met for the first time in 2023. In this context, we also support continued deliberations on an ambitious new collective quantified goal of climate finance from a floor of USD 100 billion per year to support developing countries, that helps in fulfilling the objective of the UNFCCC and implementation of the Paris Agreement.
  13. We welcome the Sustainable Finance Working Group (SFWG) recommendations on the mechanisms to support the timely and adequate mobilisation of resources for climate finance, while ensuring support for transition activities in line with country circumstances. We also recognise the significant role of public finance, as an important enabler of climate actions such as leveraging much-needed private finance through blended financial instruments, mechanisms and risk-sharing facilities, to address both adaptation and mitigation efforts in a balanced manner for reaching the ambitious Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), carbon neutrality and net-zero considering different national circumstances. We welcome the recommendations for scaling up blended finance and risk-sharing facilities, including the enhanced role of MDBs in mobilizing climate finance. We underscore the importance of maximizing the effect of concessional resources, such as those of the multilateral climate funds to support developing countries’ implementation of the Paris Agreement and look forward to an ambitious replenishment of the Green Climate Fund (GCF) this year. Recognizing the importance of supporting the commercialization of early-stage technologies that avoid, abate and remove greenhouse gas emissions and facilitate adaptation, we note the recommendations on financial solutions, policies, and incentives to encourage greater private flows for the rapid development, demonstration, and deployment of green and low-carbon technologies. We reiterate the importance of a policy mix consisting of fiscal, market and regulatory mechanisms including, as appropriate, the use of carbon pricing and non-pricing mechanisms and incentives, toward carbon neutrality and net zero. We look forward to the early finalisation of the Compendium comprising the discussions on Non-Pricing Policy Levers to Support Sustainable Investment.
  14. We reiterate our commitment to take action to scale up sustainable finance. In line with the G20 Sustainable Finance Roadmap, we welcome the analytical framework for SDG-aligned finance, and voluntary recommendations for scaling-up adoption of social impact investment instruments and improving nature-related data and reporting, informed by the stocktaking analyses, considering country circumstances. We encourage all relevant stakeholders to consider these recommendations in their actions and support for the 2030 Agenda.
  15. We endorse the multi-year G20 Technical Assistance Action Plan (TAAP) and the voluntary recommendations made to overcome data-related barriers to climate investments. We encourage the implementation of TAAP by relevant jurisdictions and stakeholders in line with the national circumstances. We look forward to reporting on the progress made by members, international organisations, networks and initiatives in the implementation of the G20 Sustainable Finance Roadmap, which is voluntary and flexible in nature, and call for further efforts to advance the Roadmap’s recommended actions that will scale up sustainable finance, including among others the implementation of the Transition Finance Framework. We look forward to the finalisation of the 2023 G20 Sustainable Finance Report, including a review of the implementation of the G20 Sustainable Finance Roadmap. We welcome finalization of the sustainability and climate-related disclosure standards published by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) in June 2023, which provide the mechanisms that address proportionality and promote interoperability. It is important that flexibility, to take into account country- specific circumstances, is preserved in the implementation of those standards. When put into practice as above, those standards will help to support globally comparable and reliable disclosures.
  16. We remain committed to strengthening the global health architecture for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response (PPR) through enhanced collaboration between Finance and Health Ministries under the Joint Finance and Health Task Force (JFHTF). Under the JFHTF, we welcome the participation of invited key regional organisations in the Task Force meetings as they enhance the voice of low-income countries. We welcome the discussion on the Framework on Economic Vulnerabilities and Risks (FEVR) and the initial Report for Economic Vulnerabilities and Risks arising from pandemics, created through collaboration between World Health Organisation (WHO), World Bank, IMF, and European Investment Bank (EIB). We call on the Task Force to continue refining this Framework over its multi-year work plan in order to regularly assess economic vulnerabilities and risks due to evolving pandemic threats, taking into account country-specific circumstances. We welcome the Report on Best Practices from Finance Health Institutional Arrangements during Covid-19 that will contribute towards joint finance-health sector readiness to support our response to future pandemics. We welcome the Report on Mapping Pandemic Response Financing Options and Gaps developed by the WHO and World Bank and look forward to further deliberations on how financing mechanisms could be optimized, better coordinated and, when necessary, suitably enhanced, to deploy the necessary financing quickly and efficiently, duly considering discussions in other global forums. The analysis provided by these three reports will offer important inputs for discussion in the Joint Finance-Health Ministerial Meeting in August on global response to the next pandemic threat. We welcome the conclusion of the call for proposals by the Pandemic Fund and look forward to the first round of funding in the coming months.
  17. We reaffirm our commitment to continue cooperation towards a globally fair, sustainable and modern international tax system appropriate to the needs of the 21st century. We welcome the delivery of a text of a Multilateral Convention (MLC) on Amount A, significant progress of work on Amount B and the completion of the work on the development of the Subject to Tax Rule (STTR) and its implementation framework as set out in the July 2023 Outcome Statement of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS (Inclusive Framework). We call on the Inclusive Framework to swiftly resolve the few pending issues relating to the MLC with a view to prepare the MLC for signature in the second half of 2023 and complete the work on Amount B by end of 2023. We welcome the steps taken by various countries to implement the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Rules as a common approach. We recognise the need for coordinated efforts towards capacity building to implement the two-pillar international tax package effectively and in particular, welcome a plan for additional support and technical assistance for developing countries. We welcome the launch of the pilot programme of the South Asia Academy in India for tax and financial crime investigation in collaboration with OECD. We note the 2023 update of the G20/OECD Roadmap on Developing Countries and International Taxation. We note the Update on the Implementation of the 2021 Strategy on Unleashing the Potential of Automatic Exchange of Information for Developing Countries by the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes (“Global Forum”). We call for the swift implementation of the Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework (“CARF”) and amendments to the CRS. We ask the Global Forum to identify an appropriate and coordinated timeline to commence exchanges by relevant jurisdictions, noting the aspiration of a significant number of these jurisdictions to start CARF exchanges by 2027, and to report to our future meetings on the progress of its work. We note the OECD Report on Enhancing International Tax Transparency on Real Estate and the Global Forum Report on Facilitating the Use of Tax-Treaty-Exchanged Information for Non-Tax Purposes. We note the discussions held at the G20 High-Level Tax Symposium on Combatting Tax Evasion, Corruption and Money Laundering.
  18. We continue to closely monitor the risks of the fast-paced developments in the crypto-asset ecosystem. We endorse the Financial Stability Board’s (FSB’s) high-level recommendations for the regulation, supervision and oversight of crypto-assets activities and markets and of global stablecoin arrangements. We ask the FSB and standard-setting bodies (SSBs) to promote the effective and timely implementation of these recommendations in a consistent manner globally to avoid regulatory arbitrage. We welcome the shared FSB and SSBs workplan for crypto assets. We look forward to receiving the IMF-FSB Synthesis Paper, including a Roadmap, before the Leaders’ Summit in September 2023, to support a coordinated and comprehensive policy and regulatory framework taking into account the full range of risks, and risks specific to the emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs) and ongoing global implementation of FATF standards to address money laundering and terrorism financing risks. In this context, we note the Presidency Note as an important input for the Synthesis Paper. We also welcome the BIS Report on The Crypto Ecosystem: Key Elements and Risks.
  19. We continue to strongly support the work of the FSB and SSBs to address vulnerabilities and enhance the resilience of non-bank financial intermediation (NBFI) from a systemic perspective while monitoring evolving developments in NBFI. We welcome the FSB’s consultation report on revisions to the FSB 2017 recommendations on addressing liquidity mismatch in open-ended funds, and we support work to promote implementation of the FSB money market fund proposals, enhance margining practices, and address vulnerabilities from non-bank leverage. We welcome the FSB’s recommendations to achieve greater convergence in cyber incident reporting, updates to the Cyber Lexicon and Concept Note for a Format for Incident Reporting Exchange (FIRE). We look forward to the FSB’s work to identify the reporting needs and the prerequisites for and feasibility of the development of FIRE, and we ask the FSB to develop an action plan with appropriate timelines.
  20. We welcome the FSB’s consultation Report on Enhancing Third-party Risk Management and Oversight. We expect the toolkit to support efforts in enhancing the operational resilience of financial institutions, addressing the challenges arising from their growing reliance on critical third-party service providers including BigTechs and FinTechs, as well as reducing fragmentation in regulatory and supervisory approaches across jurisdictions and in different areas of the financial services sector. We reaffirm our commitment to the effective implementation of the prioritised actions for the next phase of the G20 Roadmap for Enhancing Cross-border Payments and welcome the initiatives undertaken by SSBs and international organisations in this direction. To that end, we look forward to the FSB’s progress report in October on the implementation of this roadmap. We look forward to the G20 TechSprint 2023, a joint initiative with the BIS Innovation Hub, which will promote innovative solutions aimed at improving cross-border payments. We welcome the annual progress Report on the FSB’s Roadmap for Addressing Financial Risks from Climate Change. We endorse the revised G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance with the aim to strengthen policy and regulatory frameworks for corporate governance that support sustainability and access to finance from capital markets, which in turn can contribute to the resilience of the broader economy.
  21. We welcome the progress made by the Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) towards the completion of the deliverables under the G20 2020 Financial Inclusion Action Plan (FIAP). We welcome the 2023 Update to Leaders on Progress towards the G20 Remittance Target and endorse the Regulatory Toolkit for Enhanced Digital Financial Inclusion of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs). We endorse the voluntary and non-binding G20 Policy Recommendations for Advancing Financial Inclusion and Productivity Gains through Digital Public Infrastructure. We take note of the significant role of digital public infrastructure in helping to advance financial inclusion in support of inclusive growth and sustainable development. We also encourage the continuous development and responsible use of technological innovations including innovative payment systems, to achieve financial inclusion of the last mile and progress towards reducing the cost of remittances in line with the G20 Leaders’ directions. We also support continuous efforts to strengthen digital financial literacy and consumer protection. We endorse the G20 2023 FIAP, which provides an action-oriented and forward-looking roadmap for rapidly accelerating the financial inclusion of individuals and MSMEs, particularly vulnerable and underserved groups in the G20 countries and beyond. We also endorse the 2023 Updated GPFI Terms of Reference.
  22. We recognise the importance of delivering on the strategic priorities of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and FATF Style Regional Bodies. We commit to supporting their increasing resource needs and encourage others to do the same, including for the next round of mutual evaluations. We remain committed to the timely and global implementation of the revised FATF Standards on the transparency of beneficial ownership of legal persons and legal arrangements to make it more difficult for criminals to hide and launder ill- gotten gains. We welcome the ongoing work of the FATF to enhance global efforts to recover criminal proceeds, in particular, the progress made by the FATF towards revising its standards on asset recovery and reinforcing global asset recovery networks. We reiterate the importance of countries developing and implementing effective regulatory and supervisory frameworks to mitigate risks associated with virtual assets in line with FATF Standards especially for terrorism financing, money laundering, and proliferation financing risks. In this regard, we support the FATF’s initiative to accelerate the global implementation of its standards, including the “travel rule”, and its work on risks of emerging technologies and innovations, including decentralised finance (DeFi) arrangements and peer-to-peer transactions. We look forward to the completion of FATF’s work on the use of crowdfunding for terrorism financing and on money laundering related to cyber-enabled fraud.
  23. With a vision reminiscent of Mahatma Gandhi’s teachings, we, the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of G20 countries, envisage a future in which every nation thrives, prosperity is widely shared, and the well-being of humanity and the planet are harmoniously intertwined.

 

Annex I: Issues for further work

This Annex lists the deliverables from various G20 Finance Track workstreams following the July FMCBG meeting.

Framework Working Group

  • G20 IMF Report on Strong, Sustainable, Balanced and Inclusive Growth, October 2023, in the context of increasing vulnerabilities associated with macroeconomic instabilities and financial globalisation.

International Financial Architecture Working Group

· Volume 2 of the Report of G20 Expert Group on Strengthening MDBs

  • Regular review of the progress of implementation of CAF recommendations on a rolling basis including through engaging with MDBs, subject experts and shareholders

· Updates from IMF on the progress of the 16th General Review of Quotas

  • Update from the IMF on the ex-post assessment of 2021 SDR allocation
  • Continued exploration of opportunities for a “User manual” for the Common

Framework presenting the experience of the first cases.

  • G20 IFA WG to continue developing expeditiously the G20 Note on the Global Debt Landscape in a fair and comprehensive manner.
  • IFA WG to continue discussing policy-related issues linked to implementation of the Common Framework and make appropriate recommendations
  • Technical workshops to be held under the ambit of GSDR, such as the one on Comparability of Treatment (CoT).
  • Improvements to sovereign debt restructuring by continuing the discussion on some specific debt instruments, including potential best practices for LICs on collateralised financing practices, exploring ways to increase private sector involvement, in particular regarding the restructuring of syndicated loans, collective action clauses, assessing the benefits and complications of state- contingent debt instruments (SCDI), and climate-resilient debt clauses in international sovereign bonds and in official bilateral lending.
  • IMF Report on the potential macro-financial implication of widespread adoption of CBDCs, in September 2023.

Infrastructure

  • Continuation of the InfraTracker 2.0 to track planned infrastructure investments across G20 member economies using publicly available sources and transition it to an online tool.
  • Compilation of the scope and taxonomies related to infrastructure across G-20 economies and International Organisations.

Sustainable Finance Working Group

  • Monitoring and reporting of progress on G20 Sustainable Finance Roadmap on the SFWG online dashboard.
  • Finalisation of the 2023 G20 Sustainable Finance Report.
  • Compendium of case studies for financing SDGs.

International Taxation

  • A Handbook by the OECD on Pillar Two to facilitate implementation through a common approach, especially to assist capacity-constrained jurisdictions and present the Handbook by October 2023.

Financial Sector Issues

  • A joint synthesis paper by the IMF and the FSB integrating the macroeconomic and regulatory perspectives of crypto assets to be submitted in September 2023.
  • An interim report by the BIS Committee on Payments and Market Infrastructures (CPMI) on Fast Payment Systems (FPS) interlinking governance, risk management and oversight considerations; and the final report on ISO 20022 harmonisation requirements for cross-border payments in October 2023.
  • FSB to provide a report on the financial stability implications of leverage in NBFI in September 2023.
  • FSB to provide an overall progress report on enhancing the resilience of NBFI in September 2023.
  • FSB to provide its Annual Report on Promoting Global Financial Stability in October 2023.
  • FSB to report in October 2023 its progress on the implementation of the G20 Roadmap for Enhancing Cross-Border Payments.
  • FSB, in coordination with the ISSB and IOSCO, to prepare a report on the progress of jurisdictions and firms on climate-related financial disclosures by October 2023.

Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion

  • GPFI will continue work to complete the Second Update of National Remittance Plans and present a case-study on the impact of digital remittances in reducing the cost of remittances.
  • GPFI will report on progress in implementing the G20 GPFI High-Level Principles on Digital Financial Inclusion.
  • GPFI to work on SME best practices and innovative instruments to overcome common constraints in SME financing based on GPFI SME living database.

 

Annex 2: Reports and Documents received

  1. G20 Report on Macroeconomic Impacts of Food and Energy Insecurity and their implications for the global economy
  2. G20 Report on Macroeconomic risks stemming from climate change and transition pathways
  3. G20 Roadmap for implementing the recommendations of the G20 Independent Review of MDBs Capital Adequacy Frameworks (CAFs)
  4. Volume 1 of the G20 Expert Group on Strengthening MDBs
  5. BIS Innovation Hub (BISIH) Report on “Lessons learnt on CBDCs”
  6. OECD’s report on “Towards Orderly Green Transition – Investment Requirements and Managing Risks to Capital Flows
  7. G20 note on the total global ambition of USD 100bn of voluntary contributions for countries most in need
  8. G20 Principles for Financing Cities of Tomorrow: inclusive, resilient and sustainable
  9. G20/OECD Report on Financing Cities of Tomorrow
  10. G20/ADB Framework on Capacity Building of Urban Administration
  11. G20 Sustainable Finance Working Group Deliverables
  12. Framework on Economic Vulnerabilities and Risks (FEVR) and the initial Report for economic vulnerabilities and risks arising from pandemics
  13. Report on Best Practices from Finance Health Institutional Arrangements during Covid-19
  14. Report on Mapping Pandemic Response Financing Options and Gaps developed by the WHO and World Bank
  15. G20/OECD Roadmap on Developing Countries and International Taxation Update 2023
  16. OECD Report on ‘Enhancing International Tax Transparency on Real Estate’
  17. Global Forum Report on ‘Facilitating the Use of Tax-Treaty-Exchanged Information for Non-Tax Purposes’
  18. Global Forum Update on the implementation of the 2021 Strategy on Unleashing the Potential of Automatic Exchange of Information for Developing Countries
  19. FSB Chair’s Letters to G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors, April and July 2023.
  20. FSB’s global regulatory framework for crypto-asset activities: Umbrella public note to accompany final framework
  21. FSB’s high-level recommendations for the regulation, supervision, and oversight of crypto-asset activities and markets
  22. FSB’s high-level recommendations for the regulation, supervision, and oversight of global stablecoin arrangements
  23. BIS Report on “The crypto ecosystem: key elements and risks”.
  24. FSB Consultation report on addressing liquidity mismatch in open-ended funds-Revisions to the FSB 2017 policy recommendations
  25. FSB Report on Enhancing Third-Party Risk Management and Oversight: A toolkit for financial institutions and financial authorities
  26. FSB Roadmap for Addressing Financial Risks from Climate Change: 2023 Progress Report
  27. FSB Recommendations to Achieve Greater Convergence in Cyber Incident Reporting: Final Report
  28. FSB Concept Note on Format for Incident Reporting Exchange (FIRE) – A possible way forward
  29. Revised G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance
  30. G20 Policy Recommendations for Advancing Financial Inclusion and Productivity Gains through Digital Public Infrastructure
  31. 2023 Update to Leaders on Progress towards the G20 Remittance Target
  32. Regulatory Toolkit for Enhanced Digital Financial Inclusion of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs)
  33. G20 2023 FIAP
  34. 2023 Updated GPFI Terms of Reference.
  35. 2023 GPFI Progress Report to G20 Leaders
  36. G20 Financial Inclusion Action Plan Progress Report 2021-23
  37. FATF Report- Countering Ransomware Financing Report (March 2023)
  38. Targeted Update on the Implementation of the FATF Standards for Virtual Assets (June 2023)
  39. FATF Report on Guidance on Beneficial Ownership Transparency for Legal Persons (March 2023)

****

3rd G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (FMCBG) Meeting 17-18 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat

The Third G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (FMCBG) meeting under the Indian Presidency was held during 17-18 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The meeting was jointly chaired by Union Minister of Finance and Corporate Affairs Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, and Governor, Reserve Bank of India, Shri Shaktikanta Das.

Over 500 delegates, including Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors from G20 member countries, Invitee Countries, and Heads of various International Organisations (IOs) participated in the meeting. The FMCBG meeting was preceded by the Third G20 Finance and Central Bank Deputies (FCBD) meeting during 14-15 July 2023 in Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

Under the Indian Presidency’s theme of “One Earth, One Family, One Future”, G20 Ministers and Governors pledged to prioritise the well-being of the people and the planet and reaffirmed their commitment to enhancing international economic cooperation, strengthening global development for all and steering the global economy towards strong, sustainable, balanced, and inclusive growth (SSBIG).

The meeting was organised in five thematic sessions covering Global Economy and Global Health, Sustainable Finance and Infrastructure, International Financial Architecture, International Taxation, and Financial Sector & Financial Inclusion.

The Union Finance Minister, in her welcome remarks, reiterated the collective responsibility of G20 to steer the global economy towards strong, sustainable, balanced, and inclusive growth. The meeting discussed the key deliverables of the Finance Track under the Indian G20 Presidency for 2023. The Indian Presidency received wide support on all the agenda items.

Members discussed the global economic outlook and risks, including macroeconomic implications of food and energy insecurity as well as climate change. Members endorsed the ‘G20 Report on Macroeconomic Risks Stemming from Climate Change and Transition Pathways’.

Under the priority of strengthening Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) to address global challenges of the 21st century, members recognised the urgent need to strengthen and evolve the MDB ecosystem. Members appreciated the efforts of the G20 Independent Expert Group on Strengthening MDBs constituted by the Indian Presidency earlier this year.  The Expert Group has prepared Volume 1 of the Report, and Volume 2 is expected in October 2023. Noting Volume 1’s recommendations, members shared that the MDBs may choose to discuss these recommendations to enhance their effectiveness. A High-Level Seminar will be held on the sidelines of the Fourth FMCBG meeting in October 2023 on strengthening the financial capacity of MDBs. G20 members also endorsed a ‘Roadmap for Implementation of Recommendations of the G20 Independent Review of MDBs’ Capital Adequacy Frameworks (CAF)’. This Roadmap will help unlock more lending resources in MDBs.

Managing global debt vulnerabilities is a significant priority area for 2023, reflecting the Indian Presidency’s endeavor to voice the concerns of the Global South. G20 Members have actively deliberated on how to strengthen multilateral coordination to effectively address the deteriorating debt situation and facilitate coordinated debt treatment for debt-distressed countries. G20 Members welcomed the progress achieved on various ongoing debt treatment cases under the Common Framework and beyond, and called for swift and timely resolution of these cases. They also emphasised the importance of addressing debt vulnerabilities in low and middle-income countries in an effective, comprehensive and systematic manner. The G20 encouraged the efforts of the Global Sovereign Debt Roundtable (GSDR) towards strengthening communication among key stakeholders to facilitate effective debt treatment. The GSDR is chaired by India, IMF and the World Bank.

The Indian Presidency has brought the Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) agenda into the G20 discussions. Members acknowledged the transformative role of DPI in rapidly advancing financial inclusion and productivity gains. The Ministers and Governors lauded India’s pioneering efforts in leveraging DPIs to accelerate financial inclusion to the last mile. While noting that harnessing DPIs can help countries to leapfrog their development trajectories, the members unanimously endorsed the ‘G20 Policy Recommendations for Advancing Financial Inclusion and Productivity Gains through Digital Public Infrastructure’. developed under the Indian Presidency. These policy recommendations will be instrumental in guiding the G20 and non-G20 countries to leverage DPI for fast pacing their development processes and achieve strong and inclusive growth. The G20 FMCBGs endorsed the new G20 2023 Financial Inclusion Action Plan (FIAP) for the three years 2024-26, the FIAP provides an action-oriented and forward-looking roadmap for rapidly advancing financial inclusion of individuals and MSMEs in G20 and beyond by focusing on action areas which inter alia focus on promoting technological, innovations and digital infrastructure including DPI. Also, India has been appointed as one of the Co-Chairs of the Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) and in its capacity of Co-Chair, India will lead the implementation of the new FIAP for the next three years starting from 2024.

The Indian Presidency has prioritised the need to consider macrofinancial implications of crypto assets along with financial stability concerns. The Presidency has also focused on bringing the specific concerns of the Global South onto the crypto assets’ agenda. As a result, the IMF had, in February, presented a paper on the macrofinancial implications to the 2nd G20 FMCBG. The Financial Stability Board (FSB) has also included sections on EMDE concerns in its forthcoming reports and deliberations. In continuation of this process, in the July meeting, the G20 members welcomed the high-level recommendations of the FSB on crypto-asset activities and global stablecoin arrangements.

While the work of preparation of the IMF-FSB Synthesis paper is underway, the Indian Presidency has submitted a “Presidency Note” to the G20 membership laying down important inputs for a Roadmap on crypto assets. The Roadmap, to be contained in the Synthesis Paper will support a coordinated and comprehensive policy and regulatory framework taking into account the full range of risks, and risks specific to the emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs) and ongoing global implementation of FATF standards to address money laundering and terrorism financing risks. The G20 now looks forward to receiving the IMF-FSB Synthesis Paper, along with the Roadmap, before the Leaders’ Summit in September 2023.

To further enrich the ongoing policy work around crypto assets, a Round Table discussion titled “Policy Dialogues on Crypto Assets” was organized on the sidelines of the 3rd G20 FMCBG meeting at Gandhinagar. The aim of the round table session was to discuss and deliberate on some of the key questions pertaining to the crypto assets, in an open and candid manner. The session saw active participation from the G20 Finance Ministers, Governors, and the Heads of IMF, FSB, and FATF – institutions that are instrumental in the on-going work on crypto asset ecosystem. The views generated in the round table discussion will provide important inputs to the Synthesis paper.

The Indian G20 Presidency has also brought climate finance discussions to the forefront. Members welcomed the recommendations on the mechanisms to support timely and adequate mobilisation of resources for climate finance, prepared by the Sustainable Finance Working Group. With the commitment to scale up sustainable finance, members also welcomed the Analytical Framework for SDG-aligned finance.

Members also discussed taking forward global efforts in pandemic prevention, preparedness and response through enhanced collaboration between Finance and Health Ministries. Members welcomed the discussion on the Framework on Economic Vulnerabilities and Risks (FEVR) arising from pandemics, while taking into account country-specific circumstances.

On the infrastructure agenda, members showed strong support for work under the Indian Presidency’s priority of ‘Financing the Cities of Tomorrow’. The Principles designed by the Indian Presidency will enable cities to develop customised policies that encourage alternative financing sources and enable greater public-private collaboration to bridge the infrastructure financing gap in our cities.

A G20 Infrastructure Investors’ Dialogue on ‘Leveraging Funding and Financing Mechanisms and Approaches for the Cities of Tomorrow’ was also held on 16 July, 2023. Panel discussions focused on mechanisms for de-risking projects, better urban planning, innovations in blended finance, harnessing technological innovations, capacity building and augmenting support from governments & MDBs in developing climate-resilient and sustainable city infrastructure. Learnings from practical experiences of countries enriched the discourse immensely.

On the tax agenda, members appreciated the significant progress made with respect to the two-pillar international tax package and called for the finalization of the pending work as per the agreed timelines. Members welcomed a plan for additional support and technical assistance for developing countries and discussed the need to ensure that G20 efforts to enhance tax transparency translate into effective outcomes.

Members noted with great interest, the discussions held at the G20 High-Level Tax Symposium on Combatting Tax Evasion, Corruption and Money Laundering organised by the Indian Presidency on 16 July, 2023 on the sidelines of the FMCBG meeting. Panelists included Heads of FATF and OECD, the European Commissioner for Economy and the Finance Minister of Indonesia. This Symposium initiates a debate on the effective multilateral response required to counter tax evasion, corruption and money laundering. The panelists acknowledged that financial crimes are complex, operate across international borders and deprive governments both in developed and developing countries of much needed resources. They stressed the need for greater cooperation, both domestically and internationally. The panel discussion also delved into strategies that can be developed for a coordinated response for fighting tax crimes and other financial crimes.

Union Finance Minister also engaged in various bilateral discussions with her counterparts on the sidelines of the FMCBG meeting.

The delegates were hosted for Ratri Bhoj Par Samvad’ (Conversation over Dinner), preceded by cultural programs curated by the Government of Gujarat, showcasing Gujarat’s place in civilisational history and its contribution to India’s trade and entrepreneurship.

Excursion events are also planned for the delegates on 19 July 2023. The delegates will be provided opportunities to experience Gujarat through visits to Adalaj Step wells, Sabarmati Ashram, Sabarmati River Front, Patan and Modhera.

The Third G20 FMCBG meeting concluded with a G20 Outcome Document and Chair’s Summary comprising 26 paragraphs and 2 Annexures. The Outcome Document and Chair Summary reflects the deliberations held during the meeting and conveys the wide support that the Indian G20 Presidency received for various deliverables envisaged for 2023.   

The discussions held during the Third G20 FMCBG meeting will inform the Leaders for the G20 Summit to be held in India in September, 2023. The G20 FMCBGs will meet next in October 2023 in Marrakesh on the sidelines of IMF/WBG Annual Meetings.

Reminiscing Mahatma Gandhi’s teachings, the Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors of G20 countries shared their vision for a future, in which every nation thrives, prosperity is widely shared, and the well-being of humanity and the planet are harmoniously intertwined.

****

Track2Training: An Educational Portal for Essays on Various Topics

In the digital age, the internet has revolutionized the way we access information and acquire knowledge. Online platforms have emerged as valuable educational resources, offering diverse content to learners worldwide. Among these platforms, Track2Training stands out as an exceptional educational portal that provides a wide range of essays on different topics. This essay explores the significance of Track2Training as an invaluable tool for students and individuals seeking high-quality essays to enhance their understanding and foster intellectual growth.

Photo by Armin Rimoldi on Pexels.com

Content Diversity: One of the key strengths of Track2Training is the extensive diversity of topics covered in its essay database. Whether it’s literature, history, science, technology, social sciences, or even contemporary issues, Track2Training offers a vast repository of essays on various subjects. This comprehensive coverage ensures that users can find relevant content across different academic disciplines and areas of interest. With Track2Training, individuals can access essays that span from classical literature to cutting-edge scientific research, fostering a holistic and well-rounded learning experience. The Essay Topics that you can find a good resource to access for more articles.

High-Quality Content: The essays available on Track2Training are curated with a focus on quality, accuracy, and reliability. The platform maintains strict standards to ensure that the content provided is well-researched, authoritative, and up-to-date. Essays on Track2Training are often written by subject matter experts, scholars, and educators, ensuring that users can rely on the accuracy and credibility of the information presented. This commitment to quality enables students to access reliable and well-crafted essays, serving as valuable resources for academic assignments, research papers, or personal enrichment.

Easy Accessibility and User-Friendly Interface: Track2Training is designed to provide a user-friendly experience, making it accessible to users of all ages and technological proficiency levels. The platform features a simple and intuitive interface, allowing users to navigate through the essay database effortlessly. The search functionality enables users to locate essays on specific topics or narrow down their search based on keywords, facilitating quick and efficient access to desired content. This user-friendly design ensures that learners, regardless of their technological expertise, can easily find the essays they need to support their learning and research endeavors.

Learning Beyond the Classroom: Track2Training serves as a powerful tool for supplementing traditional classroom education. It offers an opportunity for individuals to deepen their understanding of various subjects beyond what is covered in textbooks or classroom lectures. By exploring essays on Track2Training, students can gain additional insights, diverse perspectives, and in-depth analyses of topics, broadening their intellectual horizons and enhancing their critical thinking abilities. Moreover, the platform caters to lifelong learners and individuals seeking personal enrichment, enabling them to engage with thought-provoking essays and expand their knowledge in a self-paced manner.

Community Engagement: Track2Training is more than just an essay repository; it fosters an active learning community. The platform allows users to engage with the content through comments, discussions, and interactions with other learners and experts. This community-driven approach promotes collaborative learning, encourages the exchange of ideas, and enables users to gain multiple perspectives on various topics. The opportunity to engage in meaningful discussions with like-minded individuals further enhances the educational experience and nurtures a sense of intellectual community.

Conclusion: In the digital era, Track2Training stands out as an exceptional educational portal, providing a vast collection of high-quality essays on a wide range of topics. Its comprehensive coverage, commitment to quality, user-friendly interface, and community engagement make it an invaluable resource for students, researchers, and lifelong learners. By leveraging the power of Track2Training, individuals can enhance their understanding, foster critical thinking, and embark on a journey of continuous intellectual growth.

National Doctors’ Day, July 1: Birthday of Dr Bidhan Chandra Roy

 Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy, popularly known as Dr. B. C. Roy was a renowned physician who later joined politics and became the second Chief Minister of West Bengal in 1948. For his contribution in various fields including the country’s medical development, Bidhan Chandra Roy was awarded the Bharat Ratna in 1961 also as a recognition of his enormous medical service rendered to all echelons of the society, National Doctors' Day is celebrated on July 1 (his birthday) across India. Dr. Bidhan Chandra Roy according to me was not a great physician but the best Chef Minster of West Bengal to date. 

Dr. Roy was born on July 1, 1882, in Patna and died on the same date (July 1) in 1962 in Calcutta/Kolkata after treating some patients in the morning hours without any suffering. This simply indicates he was endowed with a pure soul. It has to be admitted that medical doctors play a significant role in our lives because my father was MBBS and observed his relentless service for others’ suffering periods.
Dr. B.C. Roy led the Civil Disobedience Movement in Bengal. He was elected as Mayor of Calcutta Corporation. Roy did his Intermediate in Arts (I.A.) from Presidency College, Calcutta, and B.A. from Patna College with honours in mathematics. Prior to that, he passed the Matric (now known as High School) examination from Patna Collegiate School in 1897. Bidhan Chandra after completing his college education applied for admission to the Bengal Engineering College and the Calcutta Medical College albeit he was selected for both institutions but preferred to go in the medical line. Anyway, while Dr. B.C. Roy was the Chief Minister of West Bengal lots of industrial development took place in the state. I personally feel he is the best Chief Minster among the CMs of West Bengal as during communist rule strikes, lockouts, etc., were regular features. Also, the former Communist’s Chief Minister’s son is now a great business personality and settled abroad. Further, the massacre in Marichjhanpi, which took place under Communist rule in West Bengal between January 26 and May 16, 1979, was simply inhuman activity. And in the present times, scams, corruption, election violence, etc., in West Bengal reached the zenith.
Anyway, Dr. Roy took the initiative to establish the Indian Medical Association in 1928 and the Medical Council of India. He also played a crucial role in establishing the Indian Institute of Mental Health, the Infectious Disease Hospital, and even Calcutta’s first-ever postgraduate medical college.
Further, because of his initiative, some leading medical institutions in then Calcutta/now Kolkata were set up such as the Jadavpur T.B. Hospital, Chittaranjan Seva Sadan, Kamala Nehru Hospital, Chittaranjan Cancer Hospital etc. As Chief Minister of West Bengal, he laid the foundation of five eminent cities, namely, Durgapur, Kalyani, Bidhannagar, Ashoknagar, and Habra in West Bengal. His broadness of mind may be observed when he gifted his house to the people of West Bengal in 1961. He had also constituted a trust for his properties at Patna to carry out social service, with eminent nationalist Ganga Sharan Singh.
On the occasion of his birthday my respectful salute to this great soul.

Prof Shankar Chatterjee, Hyderabad

Ambubachi mela at Kamakhya temple, Guwahati, Assam in 2023: A Few Facts

Located atop the Nilachal hills in Guwahati Maa Kamakhya temple is famous for the Hindus. The pristine beauty of Guwahati city and its vicinity and other places including the mighty Brahmaputra can be seen from the hills. Anyone can visit the Nilachal hills to observe the beauty of Guwahati city. Anyway, the temple is an auspicious place for the Hindus as out of 51 Shakti Peethas this is one. I feel, almost all readers know about the mythological facts of 51 Shakti Peethas. In the Maa Kamakhya temple, Ambubachi mela is held every year in June and devotees not only from India but also from many countries visit during this time. It is the celebration of the yearly menstruation of Maa Kamakhya as it is believed that the private part (yoni/ genital part) of Maa was fallen there. During Ambubachi time, the doors of the temple are closed and no one can visit the inside of the temple. In this year, 2023, as per the tithi i.e. timings, the doors were closed at 2.30 AM on June 22-23 (Thursday midnight and wee hours of Friday) and entries of the temple will reopen on Monday morning (June 26, 2023). The place where the private part was fallen during the menstruation period is covered with a huge red cloth which is known as ‘Rakta Bastra’. And the devotees after completion of Ambubachi, collect a little piece of ‘Rakta Bastra’ which is considered very sacred for the Hindus. Some keep in the puja room in a small container, some keep their body in a small metallic container which is known as ‘Maduli’ etc. Anyway, devotees, irrespective of age, gender, or caste, can attend the mela, for seeking blessings from Maa Kamakhya. It is pertinent to mention that in 2019 around 25 lakh devotees visited the mela the largest in history.
I had the opportunity to visit Ambubachi mela on a few occasions at night time and observed hundreds of saints and sadhus from different parts of India including Nepal and other places attended. All were involved in spiritual activities.

Cruise Tourism and Global Tourism Plastics Initiative

The Ministry of Tourism is organising the fourth G20 Tourism Working Group meeting and Tourism Ministerial Meeting from 19th to 22 June 2023 in Goa. Briefing media in New Delhi today, Secretary Tourism, Smt  V. Vidyavathi said that under India’s G20 Tourism Track, the Tourism Working Group is working on five inter-connected priority areas, which are Green Tourism, Digitalization, Skills, Tourism MSMEs, and Destination Management. Giving more details, the Secretary said that there are two key deliverables of the Tourism Working Group, which are GOA Roadmap for Tourism as a vehicle for achieving sustainable development goals and G20 Tourism Ministers’ Declaration both of which will be finalised shortly. During the meeting, G20 member countries, invited countries, and international organizations will welcome and endorse both the documents.

She also added that the G20 Tourism Working Group meeting and Tourism Ministerial Meeting in Goa aims to strengthen economic growth, preserve cultural heritage, and promote tourism and sustainable development of the region.

The Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, welcomes the participation of Tourism Ministers, Heads of Delegations and delegates from G20 member countries, invited countries, and international organizations to collectively work towards advancing the tourism sector and achieving the UN sustainable development goals 2030.

A side event on ‘Making Cruise Tourism a Model for Sustainable & Responsible Travel’ will be  organized , focusing on strategies to promote cruise tourism. The event will see the participation of G20 member countries, invited countries, international organizations, and industry stakeholders. The event will witness deliberations on the challenges and opportunities in the growth of cruise tourism globally. A panel discussion featuring esteemed speakers from G20 Member countries and guest countries will shed light on country specific policies and initiatives on varied aspects of cruise tourism, its growth and need to make cruise tourism sustainable and responsible.

Smt  V. Vidyavathi said that, along the sidelines of the main event , a national level side event is also being organized which will focus on ‘Making India a Hub for Cruise Tourism’, to deliberate on various challenges and opportunities for developing Cruise Tourism in the country following the principles of sustainability.

The deliberation upon Multi Facets of Cruise Tourism (Coastal, Island, Regional and Yachting), perspectives from Coastal States, private and public stakeholders in inland waterways, perspectives from Riverine States will be the focus areas of discussion during the event. The event will see the participation of key States and Union Territories, Industry Stakeholders, national and international experts.

She also informed that “The Ministry of Tourism is also organizing a side event ‘Towards a circular economy of plastics in tourism – the Global Tourism Plastics Initiative’ in collaboration with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO).

This  side event will focus on encouraging engagement of tourism stakeholders to address plastic pollution through circular approaches across the tourism value chain. The event will encompass high-level introductory remarks and a keynote presentation on the action framework proposed by the Global Tourism Plastics Initiative (GTPI). These interventions will be followed by a panel discussion with tourism stakeholders and a signing ceremony to welcome the adherence of several organizations to the GTPI.

Further, a ‘Public Private Dialogue: Importance of Travel & Tourism to the G20 Economies’ is also being co-organized by the Ministry of Tourism in Goa on 21st June 2023 in association with World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) and United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO). The Dialogue is an opportunity for participants to share their priorities and concerns and identify opportunities for mutual support and greater public-private partnership. This discussion will align and provide a private sector perspective on the 5 priority areas set out for the G20 tourism track. The Dialogue will start by opening the conversation on the respective importance and relevance of these priorities to the private sector and potential areas of support and collaboration from the public sector.

The Secretary informed that good practices and case studies on sustainable tourism by participating countries will be shared on a Dashboard which is being created for the purpose.It will be a dynamic dashboard which will serve as a learning platform for various countries and these case studies will continue to be uploaded on it for coming next three years, she added. 

Secretary Tourism also remarked that to celebrate   the ‘International Day of Yoga’ on June 21, which coincides with the G20 4th Tourism Working Group Meeting and Tourism Ministerial Meeting, a special yoga session has been organized by the state government of Goa.

This session will offer an enchanting experience of yoga to all G20 Tourism Ministers and delegates, providing them with a moment of serenity and mindfulness amidst the busy proceedings of the meeting. It highlights the significance of incorporating wellness practices in the tourism sector and emphasizes the importance of holistic well-being.

On the occasion, Additional Secretary, Shri Rakesh Verma gave a presentation highlighting the important events and schedule of the meeting.

Various cultural programs will be organized to highlight and showcase the rich cultural heritage of Goa to the international G20 delegates. Some of the choreographed programs planned are: Lamp Dance, Kathak Dance, GoanMandoMusic  and Dance presentation, Dekhni Dance, Mussal Khel (Pastel Dance) and Gomant Rang. Delegates will also have the opportunity to experience the local attractions of Goa. Excursion visits have been planned to Lower  Aguada Fort and Jail Museum, and experiencing the UNESCO World Heritage Site:  Churches and Convents of Goa viz. the Basilica of  Bom Jesus, Church of St Francis of Assisi and Se  Cathedra land Archaeological Museum.

During the meeting, the delegates will also be visiting the Art and Craft Bazaar organized by the State Government showcasing local handicrafts, work of artisans, signifying the importance of community participation. DIY Activities at the Craft Bazaar have been planned to have hands on experience.

The Ministry of Tourism is promoting local products of Goa by handing below souvenirs to the delegates:

  • Embroidered Stole/Scarf (Made from Handmade Kunbi Fabric)
  • G.I. Cashew Feni Miniature
  • Terracotta Lotus shaped Incense Stick Holder
  • Upcycled Natural Scented Candle made using discarded bottle
  • Roasted Organic Goan Cashew Nuts
  • Recycled wood Tray with Azulejo Tiles inlay
  • Goan House Window

Click here for more details and schedule

Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Universal Accessibility in India is now available on India

Under the provision of section 40 of RPwD Act 2016, the Central Government in consultation with the Chief Commissioner formulate rules for persons with disabilities laying down the standards of accessibility for the physical environment, transportation, information and communication, including appropriate technologies and systems and other facilities and services provided to the public in urban and rural areas.

Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Universal Accessibility in India-2021 prepared by Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs has been amended in RPwD (Amendment) Rules, 2023 vide notification G.S. R. 413 (E) dated 05.06.2023.  

The detailed status of these guidelines/standards is as follows:

Standards/Guidelines notified in RPwD Rules under Rule 15
1.Accessibility for the ICT products and services (Part I and II)
2.Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standard for Universal Accessibility in India-2021
3.Standard for Bus Body Code for Transportation system,
Guidelines under Draft notification in RPwD Rules and inviting public and other stakeholder comments
4.Accessibility standards for Health Care by 02.07.2023
5.Accessibility Standards and Guidelines for Civil Aviation by 10.06.2023
6.Accessibility standards and guidelines for the Culture sector (monuments/sites/museums/libraries by 10.06.2023
7.Accessible Sport complex and residential facilities for sports person with disabilities by 10.06.2023
Guidelines awaited for notification in Gazette of India by concerned Ministry/Department
8.Ministry of Home Affairs
9.Guidelines on accessibility of Indian Railways stations and facilities at stations for differently abled persons and passengers with reduced mobility
10.Accessibility Guidelines and Standards for Higher Education Institutions and Universities
11.Accessibility Guidelines for Bus Terminals and Bus Stops
12.Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation 
Guidelines at various stages in the concerned Departments
13.Ministry of Rural Development
14.Ministry of Port, Shipping and Waterways
15.Ministry of Tourism
16.Department of Financial Service
17.Ministry of Information and Broadcasting
18.Department of School Education and Literacy

All the information is regarding the harmonized guidelines is available in the website of DEPwD department disabilityaffairs.gov.in

***

Preparedness to deal with Cyclone Biporjoy

Union Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways and Ayush, Shri Sarbananda Sonowal held a meeting with senior officials of Central government as well as Gujarat government to review the preparedness to minimise loss from ensuing Cyclone Biporjoy. The cyclone, which has been described as “very severe cyclonic storm” is likely to cross Gujarat coast tomorrow.

Speaking on the occasion, the Shri Sonowal said, “We must be prepared for all kind of eventualities as this is one of the most critical natural disasters to affect India in the recent times. We are taking steps to minimise material losses and ensuring all steps to ensure safety of the people. Our people residing in the coastal areas are being evacuated to safety and measures have been taken to create rest shelters for affected people post the cyclone. All necessary steps have been taken to provide all kind of emergency care, medical care as well as nutritional care for the needy including women and children in these rest shelters. We have also reviewed our preparedness to ensure safety of large ships in the affected areas. We are constantly monitoring the process as the team on ground remain highly alert to take necessary steps for all kind of support to ensure public safety and minimise material losses.”

Among the officials, the meeting was attended by Kandla Port Authority, Director General of Shipping, Mercantile Marine Department, senior officials led by Chief Secretary of Gujarat State administration, Chairman of Deen Dayal Port Authority along with their disaster management team, Gujarat Maritime Department along with the disaster management teams set up by the Gujarat government.

It is to be noted that the Kandla Port authority has set up three control rooms, equipped with modern communications tools, at Gandhidham which are working round the clock since 11th June. A public awareness campaign is also going on and necessary advisories have been issued to all associations, authorities. Around 3,000 people, living in the Port area and other low lying areas around it, have already been evacuated and shifted to relief shelters. The rest shelters, with a capacity to accommodate 5000 to 6000 persons, have been set up at Gopalpuri colony. All necessary items like drinking water, food packets, medical support etc. are being organised and kept at this shelter. Doctors from the port hospital have been deputed to treat those who need care.

For ensuring minimum losses to material properties, inward movement of vessels as well as all anchored vessels have already sailed out of Gulf of Kachchh. Evacuation of the remaining vessels from the berths have also been completed. All moving cranes have been secured after evacuation of vessels at berth. High Masts Lighting Towers have been lowered down in alternate manner. Steel Floating Dry Dock has been secured and operations inside have been suspended. All Port Crafts and other crafts at Kandla and Vadinar harbour have been secured/kept in standby with short notice.

During the review meeting, the Union Minister was also appraised by DG Shipping and CEO of Gujarat Maritime Board that all necessary steps as per SOP have been taken to ensure that no loss of life or property occurs onboard any vessel in the area of impact. The team is closely monitoring the evolution of cyclone ‘Biparjoy’ at Signal Station, Kandla and Vadinar. Medical Teams and Ambulances are kept ready with high alert at Kandla to attend any emergency situation. Fire Brigade Division of DPA has been kept on high alert to avoid any causalities and extend necessary support to District Administration in rescue and relief work as may be required. Arrangement of power backup at different places as well as in the back up area of the Port had been made for use in case of power failure. The drainage system has been surveyed and cleared from any blockage for free flow of storm water.

Shri Sonowal also interacted & reviewed steps taken by the with the officials of Mercantile Marine Department at Kandla and Jamnagar to mitigate losses in the wake of Cyclone Biporjoy. Sonowal also enquired about the safety and security of the fishing harbours and ensured that all fishermen and those residing in the area of impact are evacuated to safety. The Minister requested all agencies to coordinate & communicate constantly for total protection of life and property till the cyclone passes over. Union Port, Shipping and Waterways Ministry continues to closely monitor the cyclone situation and is taking all necessary measures to be prepared for any kind of emergencies.

****

“Suvidha, Suraksha, Samman” to women

Last 9 years the Union Government under Prime Minister Narendra Modi has provided “Suvidha, Suraksha, Samman” to women. Thoughtfully planned schemes like Ujjwala for Gas connections, Swachhta for female toilets and Jal Jeevan for tap water in households not only provided Ease of Living to women but also gave them a sense of self-confidence with self-esteem.

This was stated by the Union Minister of State (Independent Charge) for Science and Technology, MoS PMO, Department of Atomic Energy and Department of Space and MoS Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions, Dr Jitendra Singh at Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh while addressing a congregation of Modi scheme beneficiaries, majority of whom comprised women.

The Minister said there has been a paradigm shift in Public Service Delivery and the implementation of Government schemes in the last 9 years. “Be it DBT, or provision of basic facilities like electricity, water, toilets to poor people, all these have brought a revolution at the grassroots level,” he said.

Dr Jitendra  Singh said Prime Minister Narendra Modi has put Nari Shakti at the forefront of India’s development journey. Mission Shakti comprises two sub-schemes ‘Sambal’ and ‘Samarthya’ for the safety, security and empowerment of women. The impact of this approach has been evident in the outcomes, such as an improved sex ratio at birth which is now for the first time 1020 women per 1000 men, a rise in institutional deliveries, declining infant mortality, and a lower maternal mortality rate.

With a promise to remove drudgery from the daily life of Women, Dr Jitendra Singh said the increased usage of LPG cylinders under the Ujjwala Yojana has saved crores of women from chronic respiratory disorders through smoke-free kitchens. With the success of Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, crores of women are now able to access toilets in their homes without any fear of safety or violation of dignity. Walking long distances to fetch water for daily consumption is becoming a thing of the past as households across the country are getting tap water connections under the Jal Jeevan Mission. Over 27 crore sanitary pads have been sold at One Rupee at Jan Aushadhi Kendras.

He said Women Empowerment is contingent upon the economic empowerment of women. Programmes such as MUDRA Yojana in which 68% of loans have been extended to more than 27 crore women, have enabled crores of women across the country to pursue micro-level entrepreneurship and become financially independent. 3.18 crore Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana accounts have been created. To promote financial inclusion among women, Mahila Samman Savings Certificate was introduced as part of the Union Budget 2023-24, which is a small savings scheme exclusively for female investors.

Under PM Awas Yojana, women are being made owners of the family home thus becoming active participants in household decision-making. In the 9 years of the Modi government, women have grown from strength to strength. Their success can be seen in the significant increase in the numbers of female police personnel, laurels won by sportswomen for the country and enrolment of women in the fields of Science, Technology, Engineering & Maths.

The government has transformed Women from being targets of welfare to agents of empowerment. “Today it is no longer women development, but women-led development,” he said.

*******

Enlightening session  on RTI Act, of 2005 organized by Pro Bono Club

Under Department of Justice’s Nyaya Bandhu, the Pro Bono Club of NEHU, Shillong organised an enlightening session on the RTI Act, of 2005. It highlighted the significance of the Act, educating citizens about their right to access vital public information.

Image

Led by Dr. Ravi Kant Mishra, the esteemed guests Heimonglang Nongpluh & Prof. Prabha Shankar Shukla stressed the importance of employing this right when necessary, empowering individuals, and  promoting awareness in rural Meghalaya. It shed light on the Act’s numerous benefits and  its role in ensuring public authorities’ accountability.

Image

Swachh Jal Se Suraksha Campaign Report Under Jal Jeevan Mission

The Union Minister For Jal Shakti, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat today released the report on progress under the Jal Jeevan Mission: Swachh Jal se Suraksha (SJSS) Campaign which was organised from 2nd October, 2022 to 31st March, 2023 to impress upon the States/ UTs to make concerted efforts towards taking up water quality monitoring and surveillance activities as ‘Supply of Safe Water’ has been one of the key considerations under JJM. Under the campaign, several activities had been taken up including Testing of PWS sources in all villages for chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters (post monsoon); Water quality testing at household level in villages; Water quality testing in Schools and Anganwadi Centres; Remedial action taken for contaminated samples; and Training of women for water quality testing using FTK/ H2S vials at village level.

As a result of concerted efforts made by States/ UTs for water quality monitoring and surveillance during campaign period and progress reported on WQMIS portal, the activity-wise overall progress is as under:

Water quality testing has been reported in 5.39 lakh (89.69 %) villages for chemical and in 4.47 lakh (74.46 %) villages for bacteriological contamination (post monsoon).

Drinking water samples were tested in 6.58 lakh (67.63 %) schools and 7.16 lakh (67.43 %) anganwadi centres.

21.80 lakh women have been trained from 4.59 lakh (76.41 %) villages for water quality testing using Field Testing Kits (FTKs).

Remedial action has been taken for 90.34% of contaminated sample reported.

Performance of states/UTs was also measured during the Campaign. The states of Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Madhya Pradesh emerged as the best performing states during the Campaign.

Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM) was announced by Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi on 15 August, 2019 to make provision of potable tap water supply in adequate quantity, of prescribed quality on regular & long-term basis to every rural household. Access to assured and safe drinking water is a basic life need. The Objective of the campaign was to ensure drinking water quality and create awareness among representatives of the Panchayati Raj institutions and rural communities about quality of drinking water in their respective villages, water quality issues, water borne diseases & health impacts and avoiding use of water from quality-affected sources.

The desired outcome of the campaign was wide participation at Village, district and State level for water quality testing, building confidence and create awareness among people about quality of water being supplied through piped water supply. States/ UTs PHE/ RWS Department, being ‘Nodal Department’ implemented Swachh Jal se Suraksha campaign in respective States/ UTs by actively involving all the stakeholders viz. Gram Panchayat and/ or its sub-committees/ local community to take up water quality monitoring and surveillance and awareness activities.

*****

NHPC and VUCL, Nepal sign MoU for development of Phukot Karnali Hydro Electric Project (480MW) in Nepal

NHPC Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise) and Vidhyut Utpadan Company Limited (VUCL), Nepal signed an MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) in New Delhi today for development of Phukot Karnali Hydro Electric Project (480MW) in Nepal. The MoU was signed in the presence of Prime Minister of India Shri Narendra Modi and Prime Minister of Nepal Shri Pushpa Kamal Dahal ‘Prachanda’ at Hyderabad House in New Delhi.

Shri R.K. Vishnoi, CMD, NHPC and Shri Surya Prasad Rijal, MD, VUCL, Nepal exchanging MOU documents for development of Phukot Karnali Hydro Electric Project (480MW) in Nepal in  presence of Prime Minister of India Shri Narendra Modi and  Prime Minister of Nepal Shri Pushpa Kamal Dahal ‘Prachanda’ at Hyderabad House, New Delhi.

NHPC Limited, a Schedule ‘A’ Enterprise of the Government of India with ‘MINI RATNA’ status, is a premier PSU in India for development of hydropower and Vidhyut Utpadan Company Limited (VUCL), Nepal is responsible to develop, build, own and operate large-scale hydropower projects in public-private partnership model in Nepal.

The MOU was exchanged by Sh. R.K. Vishnoi, Chairman & Managing Director, NHPC and Shri Surya Prasad Rijal, Managing Director, VUCL. Signing of this MOU is a landmark step towards India-Nepal Joint Vision on Power Sector Cooperation.

The project will use the flow from the Karnali River for power generation and the generated power will be fed into integrated power system of Nepal. The installed capacity of the project shall be 480 MW with average annual generation of about 2448 GWh. The key features of the project are a 109 metre high RCC dam and an underground power house where the 06 turbines of 79 MW each shall be housed. Additionally, to utilize minimum environmental release one Surface Power House of 6 MW capacity i.e. two machines of 3 MW each is also planned. This project is conceived as a Peaking Run-of-River (PRoR) type scheme.

****

Saplings presented to the Guests on Golden Jubilee Wedding Anniversary: An Innovative Idea in a Gated Community in Hyderabad, India

The recent World Bank Group Report (Making Cities Green, Resilient, and Inclusive in a Changing Climate, 2023) reveals that climate change is exposing cities to increasingly frequent extreme weather events. From the 1970s to the period 2010–20, the frequency of extreme heat and dry events increased across cities globally, and the frequency of extreme wet events has increased since the 1990s. Global sea-level rise of about 0.125 millimeters per year is also increasing the risk of flooding for coastal cities. Also, it is evident from the Report that cities in high- and upper-middle-income countries are major contributors to climate change, whereas the contribution of cities in lower-income countries is modest. Globally, about 70 percent of anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions, the bulk of which are fossil carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, emanate from cities. Cities in lower-income countries, however, accounted for only about 14 percent of all global urban CO2 emissions in 2015, and cities in low-income cities contributed less than 0.20 percent. The mitigation challenge for cities in lower-income countries is to develop without following the historic CO2 emissions trajectories of cities in higher-income countries. Anyway, to control CO2 emissions one of the alternatives is the plantation of saplings in the house or its vicinity if vacant land is available. And one innovative idea as observed by the author was the distribution of saplings to the guests as a gift on the occasion of a senior citizen’s Golden Jubilee Wedding anniversary and at the same time his grandson’s birthday who completed 12 years of age. The case is from Libdom Villa (Raj Reddy Valley), Bandlaguda Jagir, Hyderabad, a gated community which is spread over to an area of 17 acres of land having all facilities – indoor and outdoor games, gym, park, swimming pool, function hall, etc. Altogether 190 families ( a few might be unoccupied) live in this gated community consisting of different religions, castes, and languages (people of different States), representing a mini India in the true sense and residents celebrate all festivals amicably.
A resident of the villa (75 Years old), who stays with his wife, son (41 years, software engineer and owner of the villa) daughter-in-law also a software engineer) and grandson (12 years), had initiated a good idea that others can emulate in other gated communities or houses if they have little land.
K. Veerabrahmam (75 years old), a retired administrative officer from Government Arts and PG College, Kadapa, Andhra Pradesh is a permanent resident of the villa staying along with other family members, as mentioned already. In the last part of May 2023, he celebrated his 50 years of wedding anniversary, golden jubilee. Also, his grandson who completed 12 years of age almost the same period organized a dinner party in the campus itself on 24 May 2023. Many dishes – both vegetarian and non-vegetarian – were served. As a part of the event, each guest was presented with a sapling. Around 55 saplings were brought from the local nursery and given to all guests in beautiful cotton bags. Such an innovative idea to regenerate nature can be emulated by others who live in gated communities etc. Instead of giving different types of gifts, giving saplings in the present context is the best gift.
Prof Shankar Chatterjee, Hyderabad

What is IPL in Cricket? – Introduction to the Indian Premier League Tournament

It’s the biggest domestic cricket tournament in the world, but what is IPL exactly and how much do we know about it?

What does IPL Stand for?

In cricket, IPL stands for Indian Premier League, a T20 cricket tournament which was originally established in 2008. It is traditionally played from April through to June each year and, from 2022, the competition will be expanded to include a total of ten teams.

Indian Premier League – The Tournament

1. Tournament Structure

The Indian Premier League starts with a round robin tournament where each franchise will play each other twice – home and away. Sides will earn two points for a win while the teams will earn one point each if there is an abandoned game.

At the end of this sequence, the top four sides in the table will progress to the playoffs while the remaining franchises will be eliminated.

The playoffs start with the first qualifier where the top two sides in the table play each other and the winner goes straight through to the final.

Next up is the eliminator where the third and fourth placed sides face off. The winner goes through to the second qualifier while the loser is eliminated.

In the second qualifier, the winner of the eliminator takes on the loser of the first playoff match. The winner of that game progresses to the final.

It sounds a little complicated on paper but it’s actually easy to follow and it’s a fairer system than having straight semi finals.

IPL cricket tournament

2. When Does IPL Start?

The exact starting dates of the IPL will vary from year to year but it will generally begin in the first week of April. The 2022 IPL starts on March 26th. The group stages kick off the competition and these progress through the month and into May.

The knockouts take over and the final will generally be scheduled for late May or early June. These dates are subject to change but this is the framework within which the tournament has worked for many years.

3. IPL Franchise Teams

From 2022 onwards, the IPL will consist of ten franchise teams. Those sides who played in 2021 will continue to be involved and they are:

  • Chennai Super Kings
  • Royal Challengers Bangalore
  • Delhi Capitals
  • Punjab Kings
  • Sunrisers Hyderabad
  • Mumbai Indians
  • Rajasthan Royals
  • Kolkata Knight Riders

In addition, two new franchises will be joining to make ten teams overall. They will be based in Lucknow and Ahmedabad but the names of the sides have yet to be confirmed as of November 2021.

what-is-ipl-in-cricket

4. Player Auction

The build up to every tournament involves a player auction. Those cricketers who want to be involved in the IPL will make themselves available for selection via the auction and the franchises will bid for their services.

The players involved will set a base price which is effectively a reserve figure. Any team wanting to sign the player must make that base price their minimum bid. 

At the end of the auction, squads are assembled ahead of the new season. Of course, there are options to bring in replacements for players who become injured or are forced to withdraw for any other reason.

Before that auction begins, the franchises submit a retained list. These are the existing players in the squad who will remain with the team for the new season. Other players will be released if they are no longer needed and they then have the option to go into the auction.

Find out more about how the IPL Auction works in 2023.

5. IPL Match Rules

The format of the IPL follows the rules of T20 cricket. Both teams are allocated a maximum of 20 overs each and the simple aim is to score more runs than the opposition. 

T20 is identical to ODI cricket in the sense that the side batting first sets a target. The fielding side then take their turn to bat and they must overtake that total within their allocated set of overs.

If the side batting second fail to overtake the target, the side batting first wins.

Bowling teams can use as many bowlers as they want but each bowler can deliver a maximum of four overs.

If the scores are tied at the end of the game, there will be a Super Over to decide the winner. One six-ball over will be sent down to each team and the batting sides have two wickets available. If the scores remain level, the Super Over process will be repeated until we have a winner.

A Glimpse about two prestigious schools in Guwahati, Assam, India: Past and Present Scenario

Guwahati earlier spelled as Gauhati is one of the popular cities of India located in the beautiful part of North-East India. The mighty perennial river the Brahmaputra has passed from the iconic City. In addition, the Nilachal Hill, the Basishtha Ashram, Umananda, etc. portray the pristine beauty of the place. The famous Maa Kamakhya temple located on the top of Nilachal Hill is not only a spiritual place but a scenic place to visit. Further, in the city and its vicinity many temples, churches, mosques, gurudwaras, and Jain temples are located which bear testimony to the historical importance of the city.
The prestigious Cotton College (established in 1901) presently Cotton University is one of the most famous educational institutions in the country. Also, two renowned schools along with some others have brought glory to the city. The two schools are – Bengali Boys’ Higher Secondary School and Bengali Girls’ High School. In the month of May 2022, both have been merged into one and rechristened as Bengali Higher Secondary School (BHSS, Co-education). Also, there were two separate primary schools on the campus Boys’ school and Girls’ school separately established many years ago. Anyway, Bengali Boys’ Higher Secondary School was established on April 28, 1936, and on the other hand, Bengali Girls’ High School was set up on March 2, 1954. Both are located in the prime location of Guwahati viz. Paltan Bazar.
It is pertinent to mention that both schools before the merger produced many great personalities and stalwarts in various fields – education. literacy, games, sports, music, and other curricular activities. Dr. Amalendu Guha, an eminent historian, and literature in India was a student at Bengali Boys’ Higher Secondary School. He was admitted in 1936 (first batch). In those days, many of his classmates, later on, were famous in their own fields. A few names may be mentioned here – Hena Ganguly, Gobinda Lal Roy, Kiranmay Lahiri, Nirmal Mukherjee, Gopal Sen, Dhurba Gupta, Pradeep Chandra Pal, Santi Ganguly, Sachindra Mohan Dey Sarkar, and others. In those, the school was under Calcutta University, and in 1948 when the school came under the umbrella of Gauhati University, the student who stood first in the entire Assam was Indrajeet Chatterjee. After that many brilliant students passed out from the school. Some of the names are – Gurudas Chatterjee, Sridhan Roy, Sujit Basu, Ashish Bose, and many others. Also, it is pertinent to mention that in those days the name of the school was Silver Jubilee. Anglo-Bengali High School, because King George V completed his tenure of 25 years reign in England and coincided with the same Silver Jubilee, was prefixed. And after independence, the name of the school was changed to Bengali Boys High School, and later on to Higher Secondary. Anyway, when the Anglo-Bengali school was established two great educationists namely Nalini Bhusan Das Gupta ( a great writer) and Pulin Bihari Ghosh were selected as headmaster and assistant headmaster respectively. Also, the teachers were highly qualified and erudite scholars. In March 1937, Kabindra Nath Das was selected as a headmaster who brilliantly served the school up to 1948. During his tenure Ashwin Chakraborty, Ramesh Chanda Dutta, Santosh Sen Gupta, and Shiba Prasad Ghosh were recruited as teachers who were brilliant teachers and cordial with the students as I had the opportunity to learn from many of them while I was a student of the school from primary to 1973. Kabindra Nath Das in addition to discharging his duty as the headmaster took the initiative to set up a cooperative society under the banner of “Silver Jubilee Anglo Bengali High School Thrift and Credit Society”. Also, he introduced the “Running Cup” in badminton (doubles), and as a cultural activity, drama, and recitation were introduced by him.
It is heartening to mention that many people contributed to the construction of the school buildings. It was estimated that Rs. 17,000.00 would be collected from different sources (1935) but the amount was much higher than the estimate. In this regard, the names of some people may be mentioned as received from different sources who contributed for the development of the school. They are Rai Bahadur Kalicharan Sen, Rai Bahadur Mahendra Mohan Lahiri, Rai Bahadur P.G. Mukherjee, Jogesh Chandra Sen, Upendra Nath Sen, Khan Sahib Eda Khan, and many others. During that period, some professors of Cotton College donated in 12 installments their one month’s salary, Also Jogesh Chandra Sen nephew of Rai Bahadur Kalicharan Sen till his death associated with the school and physically and monetarily helped the development of the school.
Regarding the construction issue of the school (1935-36), a few lines may be mentioned here. The construction of Silver Jubilee Anglo-Bengali High School was given to the contractor Khan Sahib Eda Khan who completed the school within a stipulated time as a sequel school building that could be inaugurated in 1936. It is pertinent to mention that the foundation stone was laid by then Governor Sir Michel Keen in 1935 and later on Mr. Small, Director of Public Instruction (DPI) inaugurated the school. In the first-year total students were 404 – 363 Bengali speaking, 26 Hindi speaking, seven Manipuri, three Nepali, four Punjabi, and one Tamil. Of the total 404 students, 20 were Muslim students also. Anyway, it is evident that not only Bengali-speaking students were admitted but students of other languages got admission to the school in those days.
Also, various sources reveal the fact that from the start of school, many students got first division and the percentage of passed was hovering around 75, which was a great achievement in those days as some other schools in the area could not excel like Anglo Bengali / Bengali High School. And from time-to-time students of Bengali Higher Secondary School did excellent results in the Board examination in different years. But after establishing English medium schools in Guwahati in recent times many guardians prefer to send their children to English medium for different reasons inter alia of which is job prospects so students’ strength came down. For instance, in the year 2016 in the High School Leaving Certificate (HSLC exam), the total number of students who appeared was 18, and of them, the first division got three, six were placed in the second division, and eight secured third division.
About the past history of Boys’ School, it may be mentioned that during the 1960s from class VIII (eighth), students were allotted science and arts streams which continued up to 1973, and a pass certificate was given under the umbrella of Higher Secondary School Leaving Certificate and after that High School (10th Standard) and +2 i.e., Higher Secondary, two years started which till date is continuing (10 +2 system). On the other hand, Bengali Girls’ High School from its inception continued as a high school (up to 10th standard).
Results of Girls’ High School and Boys’ Higher Secondary School:
For the benefit of the readers, a few statistics about the Girls’ school are presented here. In 2019, only 10 girls’ students appeared in the High School Leaving Certificate (HSLC) examination. No one got the first division but nine passed out in the second division and one was placed in the third division with a 100 percent pass. In 2020, like 2019, 10 students appeared – two first division, four-second division, and two third division with 80 percent pass. In 2021, because of COVID-19 based on the test results of the school, all the students passed as per the direction of the State Government. In 2022, only nine students appeared of which five got first division, three – second division, and one third division indicating 100 percent pass. It is pertinent to mention that some students got letter marks and star marks. But the other side of the coin is that 10 -10 students appeared and then nine students appeared mean low in absolute numbers and a matter of concern.
In the case of Boys’ school results are in two parts- one is High School Leaving Certificate Examination (HSLC) and the other one Higher Secondary School Leaving Certificate Examination (HSSLC). The High School results of Boys’ School for three years reveal that in 2020, 2021, and 2022, 100 percent of students passed (around 20 students each year appeared). The results of the Higher Secondary School Leaving Certificate examinations for the year 2020 reveal the fact 37 percent passed in the arts stream – two in the first division, three in the second division, and 18 in the third division. And in the science stream out of a total of nine students, three got first division, and six secured second division. In the year 2021, in the arts stream, 94 percent of students passed – first division three, second division 13, and third division 26. And in the science stream, only two students were there and both got first division. In the year 2022, in the arts stream percentage of pass was 63, first division one, second division seven, and third division nine. Against this backdrop, no students appeared in the science stream. It is evident from the data that number of students was scaling down year by year in both schools.
Present Situation:
It has already been mentioned that both Boys’ and Girls’ schools have been merged in May 2022 and the alumni of both schools have been trying to develop the infrastructure of the school by renovating dilapidated classrooms and already introduced a school bus to bring more students from far-flung areas by hiring a school bus on rent basis at the cost of Rs 55,000.00 per month. On April 10, 2023, the school bus service has been introduced. And also, 16 computers have been purchased for the students for skill development looking at the job market. And an attractive SMART kitchen has been constructed in the school for Mid-day Meal Scheme. Presently (as of May 12, 2023, around 100 alumni both males and females contributed towards the development of the school mainly for infrastructure, etc. Also, a few well-wishers of the school donated to the development of the school.
As of April 2023, there were 48 teachers in the school (presently one school as mentioned already) for 180 students from class 1 to class 12, which is not a good number because in 1936 when the school was established total number of students were 404 but instead of going up strength has come down in spite of merging two schools. Hope after the merger of both boys’ and girls’ schools in May 2022 the situation will greatly improve.

(During the course of writing this article many helped me by providing the necessary information and data. So, I offer my grateful thanks to all of them. Anyway, two names I wish to mention here – Dr. Saibal Sen Gupta (former Principal of Arya Vidyapeeth College, Guwahati, and an alumnus of the Boys’ School) and Mrs. Nazrana Rahman Hazarika (Principal of the present Bengali Higher Secondary School).

Prof Shankar Chatterjee, Hyderabad

Top Colleges to go for MBBS in Georgia

Georgia is increasingly becoming a popular educational destination for students from around the world. It offers a unique blend of high-quality education, affordable tuition fees, multiculturalism, and a welcoming environment. Here are some key points that describe Georgia as an educational destination:

Quality Education: Georgia has a well-developed educational system with a focus on providing quality education. The country has numerous universities and colleges that offer a wide range of programs in various fields, including medicine, engineering, business, humanities, and more. Many institutions follow international standards and have partnerships with universities from other countries.

Photo by Tomu00e1u0161 Malu00edk on Pexels.com

Affordable Tuition Fees: One of the major advantages of studying in Georgia is its affordability. Tuition fees in Georgian universities are significantly lower compared to many other countries, making it an attractive option for international students. This makes education accessible to a larger number of students seeking quality education at a reasonable cost. eWings Abroad Education Consultancy provide timely updates on the admission and other matters.

English-Taught Programs: Many universities in Georgia offer English-taught programs, especially in popular fields like medicine, engineering, and business. This allows international students to study in their preferred language without the need for extensive language proficiency in the local Georgian language.

Multicultural Environment: Georgia is known for its cultural diversity and warm hospitality. As an educational destination, it attracts students from different parts of the world, creating a multicultural environment that fosters intercultural exchange and understanding. This provides students with an opportunity to interact with peers from diverse backgrounds, learn about different cultures, and broaden their perspectives.

Safe and Welcoming Environment: Georgia is considered a safe country with a low crime rate. The local population is known for their friendliness and welcoming nature towards international students. The government and educational institutions also prioritize the safety and well-being of students, providing a secure environment for learning and personal growth.

Beautiful Natural Landscape: Georgia is blessed with stunning natural landscapes, including mountains, beaches, and historical sites. Students have the opportunity to explore the country’s rich cultural heritage, indulge in outdoor activities, and experience a vibrant social life outside of their academic commitments.

European Standard of Education: Georgia’s educational system follows the European standard of education, which ensures high academic quality and compliance with international standards. This enables students to pursue further studies or seek employment opportunities globally.

Overall, Georgia offers a favorable environment for international students seeking quality education, affordability, multiculturalism, and a safe learning experience. It is a country that combines academic excellence with cultural richness, making it an attractive destination for students worldwide.

MBBS (Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery) is an undergraduate degree in the medical field. Georgia is a popular destination for international students seeking to pursue MBBS due to its affordable tuition fees, quality education, and globally recognized degrees. Here are some options for MBBS in Georgia and some of the best colleges in the country:

  1. Tbilisi State Medical University (TSMU): TSMU is one of the oldest and most prestigious medical universities in Georgia. It offers an English-taught MBBS program, which is highly regarded among international students.
  2. Ivane Javakhishvili Tbilisi State University (TSU): TSU is another renowned institution that offers an English-language medical program. It has a long history and provides a comprehensive medical education.
  3. David Tvildiani Medical University (DTMU): DTMU is a private medical university in Tbilisi, Georgia. It offers an English-taught MBBS program and is known for its modern facilities and high-quality education.
  4. European University: The European University in Tbilisi also offers an English-language MBBS program. It has a well-established reputation and provides a conducive learning environment for medical students.
  5. Batumi Shota Rustaveli State University: Located in the coastal city of Batumi, this university offers an English-taught medical program. It is a popular choice among international students for its affordable fees and good infrastructure.
  6. Akaki Tsereteli State University: Situated in the city of Kutaisi, this university offers an English-language medical program. It is recognized for its experienced faculty and modern teaching methods.

These are just a few examples of the many universities in Georgia that offer MBBS programs. It’s important to conduct thorough research, compare the curriculum, tuition fees, admission requirements, and other factors before making a decision. Additionally, check if the university is recognized by the Medical Council of India (MCI) or the World Directory of Medical Schools (WDOMS) to ensure the degree is recognized globally.

Time Management for Business

Time management is one of the most important skills that a business professional must possess. In today’s fast-paced and highly competitive business world, time is a precious commodity that must be used wisely. Effective time management is the key to success, both professionally and personally. Business professionals who are able to manage their time efficiently are more productive, less stressed, and ultimately more successful than those who struggle to manage their time effectively.

Photo by JESHOOTS.com on Pexels.com

The first step in effective time management is to set goals. Business professionals must have a clear understanding of their priorities and objectives in order to use their time efficiently. This requires a deep understanding of the business and what is required to achieve success. Once goals are set, it is important to break them down into smaller, manageable tasks. This allows business professionals to focus their time and energy on the most important tasks and avoid wasting time on less important ones.

Another important aspect of time management is to establish a routine. By setting a regular schedule, business professionals can ensure that they are using their time wisely and are able to accomplish their goals. This includes scheduling time for important tasks, such as meetings, project work, and other work-related activities. It also includes scheduling time for personal activities, such as exercise, family time, and relaxation. Explore the world of LeXman

One of the biggest challenges of time management is dealing with distractions. In today’s world, there are many distractions that can pull business professionals away from their work, such as social media, email, and phone calls. It is important to establish boundaries and limit the amount of time spent on these distractions. This can include turning off notifications during work hours, setting specific times for checking email and social media, and prioritizing important phone calls.

In addition to setting boundaries, it is important to delegate tasks when possible. Business professionals who try to do everything themselves will quickly become overwhelmed and may end up wasting time on tasks that could be completed by others. Delegating tasks allows business professionals to focus on their core responsibilities and ensures that all tasks are completed efficiently and effectively.

Finally, business professionals must be willing to adapt and adjust their time management strategies as needed. The business world is constantly changing, and what works today may not work tomorrow. By remaining flexible and open to new ideas, business professionals can continue to improve their time management skills and stay ahead of the competition.

In conclusion, effective time management is essential for success in the business world. Business professionals who are able to manage their time efficiently are more productive, less stressed, and ultimately more successful than those who struggle with time management. By setting goals, establishing routines, managing distractions, delegating tasks, and remaining flexible, business professionals can maximize their productivity and achieve their goals.

60th Foundation Day of Indian Institute of Foreign Trade

Daily writing prompt
If you didn’t need sleep, what would you do with all the extra time?

By Shashikant Nishant Sharma

The Indian Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT) was established in 1963 by the Government of India with the objective of contributing to the country’s foreign trade management and increasing exports by developing human resources, providing research-based consultancy, and conducting research. The institute was initially set up in collaboration with the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) and was located in Delhi’s Qutub Institutional Area.

The first Director of IIFT was R.K. Gupta, who played a crucial role in establishing the institute’s foundation. Under his leadership, IIFT evolved from a think tank to a recognized center of excellence in international trade and business. Over the years, IIFT has diversified its activities from conducting training programs for Indian Trade Service officers to offering various programs in international business management, trade research, and analysis.

In the initial years, IIFT functioned as an autonomous organization under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. In 1983, IIFT was declared a deemed university under Section 3 of the University Grants Commission (UGC) Act, 1956. The institute was granted the status of a deemed university in recognition of its significant contributions to the field of foreign trade management and research.

The Indian Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT) in New Delhi celebrated its 60th Foundation Day, which also marked its Diamond Jubilee. During the occasion, Prof. Satinder Bhatia, the Vice-Chancellor of IIFT, paid tribute to the institute’s founding Director General, Late Shri HD Shourie, who laid the foundation of IIFT with the motto “Excellence is a way of life.” She regarded him as a father figure to IIFTians.

Prof. Bhatia emphasized the need to recognize those who have contributed to IIFT’s growth and its status among the top B-schools in India. She mentioned the academic and administrative improvements made at IIFT’s Delhi and Kolkata campuses and expressed confidence in the newly inaugurated Kakinada campus’s potential for excellence. Prof. Bhatia also mentioned IIFT’s collaborations and partnerships, which help the institute continue in the direction of its vision and mission, and make it an attractive destination for industries, students, and other stakeholders.

Since its establishment in 1963, IIFT has evolved from a think tank to a leading repository of knowledge in international trade, besides being India’s premier business school. It has achieved many milestones, including AACSB accreditation and consistent rankings among the top business schools. IIFT has also diversified its role and offers innovative programs to enhance the skills of business professionals. Moreover, IIFT’s growth rate in the first two decades of the new millennium has been phenomenal. In addition, the institute’s campus in GIFT City, Gujarat, will be operational from July 2023.

IIFT has come a long way since its inception and has established itself as one of the leading business schools in India, specializing in international trade and business. It has expanded its operations by establishing campuses in Kolkata and Kakinada, and plans to open a campus in Gujarat’s GIFT City in July 2023. IIFT has also received accreditation from various global accreditation bodies, including AACSB, which is a testament to its commitment to academic excellence.

Today, IIFT continues to provide research-based consultancy services, conduct training programs, and offer various academic programs in the field of international business management and research. Its alumni network includes prominent business leaders, entrepreneurs, and policymakers, who have made significant contributions to the development of the country’s foreign trade and business sectors.

What are 10 Benefits of Executive Coaching

Coaching is a process of supporting individuals or teams in achieving their personal or professional goals. It involves a skilled coach who helps the client identify their strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities for growth and development, and then provides guidance and feedback to help them improve.

Executing coaching is important for several reasons. First, coaching can help individuals or teams overcome challenges and obstacles that may be hindering their progress. By providing feedback and guidance, a coach can help clients identify areas where they need to improve and develop strategies to overcome obstacles and achieve their goals.

Second, coaching can help individuals or teams develop new skills and competencies that are necessary for success. A coach can help clients identify their strengths and weaknesses and develop a plan to build on their strengths while addressing areas of weakness.

Third, coaching can help individuals or teams stay focused and motivated. A coach can help clients set clear goals and develop a plan to achieve them, and then provide ongoing support and encouragement to help them stay on track. Enable-HR International is one of good institute to provide professional executive coaching.

Finally, coaching can help individuals or teams build self-awareness and confidence. By providing feedback and guidance, a coach can help clients see their strengths and potential, and develop the confidence to take on new challenges and pursue their goals.

In summary, executing coaching is important because it helps individuals and teams overcome obstacles, develop new skills, stay focused and motivated, and build self-awareness and confidence. By working with a skilled coach, clients can achieve their goals and reach their full potential.

Photo by cottonbro studio on Pexels.com

Executive coaching is a process of providing personalized and one-on-one support to executives and leaders to help them develop their skills, overcome challenges, and achieve their professional goals. The benefits of executive coaching are numerous, and here are 10 of them:

  1. Improved leadership skills: Executive coaching helps leaders improve their leadership skills, including communication, delegation, and decision-making, leading to better performance and results.
  2. Increased self-awareness: Through coaching, executives gain a deeper understanding of their strengths, weaknesses, and blind spots, which enables them to develop strategies to improve their performance.
  3. Better decision-making: Coaching helps executives develop better decision-making skills by identifying biases, improving problem-solving abilities, and increasing strategic thinking.
  4. Improved communication: Coaching helps executives improve their communication skills, including listening, empathy, and assertiveness, leading to better collaboration and relationships.
  5. Enhanced emotional intelligence: Coaching helps executives develop emotional intelligence, including self-awareness, self-regulation, motivation, empathy, and social skills, leading to better relationships and leadership.
  6. Increased resilience: Coaching helps executives develop resilience, including the ability to cope with stress, adapt to change, and bounce back from setbacks, leading to better mental and emotional well-being.
  7. Improved work-life balance: Coaching helps executives develop a better work-life balance by identifying priorities, managing time, and setting boundaries, leading to better overall health and well-being.
  8. Increased creativity and innovation: Coaching helps executives develop creativity and innovation skills by encouraging them to think outside the box, explore new ideas, and take calculated risks.
  9. Increased accountability: Coaching helps executives become more accountable for their actions and outcomes, leading to better results and greater trust among their colleagues and stakeholders.
  10. Improved career satisfaction: Coaching helps executives align their career goals with their personal values, leading to greater job satisfaction and fulfillment.

Hamari Pahchan – Eradicate Malnutrition Mission

We know that a peaceful world cannot long exist, one-third rich and two-thirds hungry.”

– Jimmy

Malnutrition in India is one of the main concerns. More than one third of the world’s malnourished children live in India. The major cause of malnutrition being the inequality in social status and the lack of the necessities that are required in order to raise children. The administrative bodies of our country have attempted with various schemes and grants to eradicate malnutrition within the booming population of India but this cause still requires more support in order to decrease the percentage of malnutrition, especially among children of the underprivileged class.

As a result of this rising issue, Hamari Pahchan took the initiative to work towards the eradication of malnutrition as nutrition is an important factor for the well-being and proper development of a child. Malnutrition not only causes health issues for children but it can affect an individual in the long run during adulthood such as stunted growth, eye problems, diabetes, anemia as well as heart diseases, etc as a result of vitamins and micronutrient deficiency in the human body.

The initiative of Hamari Pahchan helps and provide food to the malnourished children so that they are able to receive the necessary nutrition. The cause is important as children are the future of our country and it is important to ensure their overall well-being. It is crucial to provide them with proper nutrition and assistance.The goals of this initiative are: eradication of malnutrition, eradication of hunger and food security on a national level. By supporting the cause, Hamari Pahchan provides the children nutriotious meal which would make a great difference in their lives. Poor people are also provided with the monthly ration, cooked food, as well as sanitary products.

Hamari Pahchan runs regular ration distribution drives, nutriotious food distribution drives, and frequent surveys with dieticians. Till now, with the contribution of many donors, Hamari Pahchan could successfully conduct 5000+ food distribution drives. The NGO is continuing to work towards it’s goal aiming to reach more and more unprivileged people.

As responsible citizens, it’s important that everyone who is capable enough should come forward and provide support to such NGOs, or contribute one’s part at individual level as well. Supporting the needful always makes one feel good and fills one’s day with positivity.

“There is nothing more beautiful than someone who goes out of their way to make life beautiful for others.”

-Mandy Hale

No one is great by Caste but by Deeds: Activities of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar (Babasaheb) — Track2Training

Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar (Dr. B.R. Ambedkar) popularly known as Babasaheb was a great personality, an erudite scholar, and a great asset of undivided India. He through his activities has proved that caste cannot be an indicator of greatness but through deeds, one can be great. Some years ago, when I visited his birthplace in a […]

No one is great by Caste but by Deeds: Activities of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar (Babasaheb) — Track2Training

No one is great by Caste but by Deeds: Activities of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar (Babasaheb)

Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar (Dr. B.R. Ambedkar) popularly known as Babasaheb was a great personality, an erudite scholar, and a great asset of undivided India. He through his activities has proved that caste cannot be an indicator of greatness but through deeds, one can be great. Some years ago, when I visited his birthplace in a seminar (as a resource person) at Mhow, Madhya Pradesh, I was joyous and felt lucky to visit such a holy place. Born on April 14, 1891, Dr. Ambedkar has shown the path of Dalits on how to lead a decent life. Interestingly, his date of birth has coincided (sometimes one-day variation) with the new year celebration in Assam, West Bengal including Bangladesh, Punjab, Kerala, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, and many other places.
Hailing from a socially backward class, he has shown everyone, particularly to the lower echelons of society mainly Dalits how to survive with dignity. It may be mentioned that Dalit communities are found not only in India but also in Bangladesh, even among the Muslims of Bangladesh.
Anyway, in his childhood, he never felt the brunt of caste politics or ‘untouchability syndrome’ as he was born in Mhow, Indore present Madhya Pradesh in an army cantonment. In his words “……my father was employed in the Army. He held the rank of Subedar at that time. Since we lived in the cantonment, we had little to do with the world outside the military area. I had no experience of untouchability”. But after his father’s retirement situation totally changed. His father shifted to Satara and he felt the brunt of untouchability as even no barber was prepared to cut his hair as a sequel Dr. Ambedkar’s elder sister used to cut his hair. He had to face many social issues in those days because of caste as he belonged to the Mahar caste.
Being an eminent economist and endowed with foresight, Dr. Ambedkar contributed substantially to the formulation of the post-war economic development plan in general and water resources and electric-power development in particular. A significant contribution of Babasaheb was the establishment of two technical organizations known as the Central Water Commission (CWC) and the Central Electricity Authority (CEA). He was instrumental in establishing the Bhakra-Nangal dam.
He was also a visionary and understood the importance of agriculture and farming for the sustainable development of the farmers. He advocated for collective farming as well as an uninterrupted supply of water and electricity to the farmers. Further, Balasaheb is known as the ‘Chief Architect of the Constitution of India’ and called as ‘Father of the Indian Constitution’. Because of his initiative, the Constitution of India has directed, “no child below the age of 14 years shall be employed to work in any factory, mine or engaged in any hazardous employment”.
With the end of December month, a year as per the English calendar is complete and New Year starts but with the death of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar on December 6, 1956, a new era of our Constitution started. And we the Indians are lucky to have a sound constitution and that is why Indians did not face the brunt of army rule albeit Pakistanis have many times experienced the same although both got independence almost at the same time.
Dr. Ambedkar was in a favour of birth control and was of the opinion that with a huge population, India would face severe problems on many fronts. By quoting him, it may be mentioned that “the educated class has, by this time, fully realized the necessity of birth control”. I offer my Pronam to this great soul on the occasion of his birthday on April 14, 2023.

Poem on Train


Rain: Nature’s Blessing.

Shashikant N. Sharma (Urban Planner)

Write a poem on rain

Rain, oh rain, how sweet your sound, As you pour from the sky and hit the ground. A symphony of droplets, a melody so fine, As you wash away the dirt and make everything shine.

You bring life to the earth, and refresh the air, As you fill the rivers, lakes, and oceans with care. The plants rejoice as you quench their thirst, And the animals play in the puddles, unrehearsed.

You come in many forms, a drizzle or a downpour, A misty fog, or a thunderous roar. Your colors range from gray to blue, As you paint the sky with a beautiful hue.

Your aroma fills the air with a pleasant scent, As you awaken our senses, and bring calm and content. You soothe our souls, and heal our pain, As you wash away our worries, and clear our brain.

Rain, oh rain, how blessed you are, A gift from above, a shining star. You bring joy to the heart, and peace to the mind, As you remind us of the beauty, that we often find.

Anxiety and Stress – Two sides of the same coin

There’s a fine line between stress and anxiety. Both are emotional responses, but stress is typically caused by an external trigger. The trigger can be short-term, such as a work deadline or a fight with a loved one or long-term, such as being unable to work, discrimination, or chronic illness. People under stress experience mental and physical symptoms, such as irritability, anger, fatigue, muscle pain, digestive troubles, and difficulty sleeping.

Anxiety, on the other hand, is defined by persistent, excessive worries that don’t go away even in the absence of a stressor. Anxiety leads to a nearly identical set of symptoms as stress: insomnia, difficulty concentrating, fatigue, muscle tension, and irritability.

Both mild stress and mild anxiety respond well to similar coping mechanisms. Physical activity, a nutritious and varied diet, and good sleep hygiene are a good starting point.

If your stress or anxiety does not respond to these management techniques, or if you feel that either stress or anxiety are affecting your day-to-day functioning or mood, consider talking to a mental health professional who can help you understand what you are experiencing and provide you additional coping tools. For example, a psychologist can help determine whether you may have an anxiety disorder. Anxiety disorders differ from short-term feelings of anxiety in their severity and in how long they last: The anxiety typically persists for months and negatively affects mood and functioning. Some anxiety disorders, such as agoraphobia (the fear of public or open spaces), may cause the person to avoid enjoyable activities or make it difficult to keep a job.

According to the latest data from the National Institute of Mental Health, 31% of Americans will experience an anxiety disorder during their lifetimes.

One of the most common anxiety disorders is generalized anxiety disorder. To identify if someone has generalized anxiety disorder, a clinician will look for symptoms such as excessive, hard-to-control worry occurring most days over six months. The worry may jump from topic to topic. Generalized anxiety disorder is also accompanied by the physical symptoms of anxiety.

Another type of anxiety disorder is panic disorder, which is marked by sudden attacks of anxiety that may leave a person sweating, dizzy, and gasping for air. Anxiety may also manifest in the form of specific phobias (such as fear of flying) or as social anxiety, which is marked by a pervasive fear of social situations.

Anxiety disorders can be treated with psychotherapy, medication, or a combination of the two. One of the most widely used therapeutic approaches is cognitive behavioral therapy, which focuses on changing maladaptive thought patterns related to the anxiety. Another potential treatment is exposure therapy, which involves confronting anxiety triggers in a safe, controlled way in order to break the cycle of fear around the trigger.

HOW TO PRODUCE ELECTRICITY FROM COAL

Coal is burned to create steam, which is then used to generate electricity at coal-fired power stations. At extreme pressure, the steam generated enters a turbine, which turns a generator to provide power. In order to restart the process, the steam is then cooled, condensed back into water, and fed back into the boiler.

Why do we need coal to generate Electricity:

In the US, coal is largely utilized as a fuel to produce electricity. Bituminous coal, subbituminous coal, or lignite are all burnt in coal-fired power plants. Heat from the coal’s burning is utilized to turn water into high-pressure steam, which powers a turbine and generates electricity.

How a coal plant works for generation of Electricity:

Fundamentally, the process by which coal produces electricity today is the same as it was in Edison’s time and is comparable to that of other thermal power plants that use gas: the coal is burned, heating water to make steam, which spins a turbine to generate electricity. This was the primary method through which Britain generated most of its power in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. Before the “rush for petrol” signalled its decline, coal generation reached its peak in the early 1990s, accounting for more than 60% of the mix.

How is the production of coal used for generating electricity:

In a combustion chamber, coal is burned to create heat, which then causes water to boil. Steam begins to emerge from the water, spinning the propellers. To generate energy, a generator is connected to the turbines.

Alone time – A boon for mental health!

People tend to be social creatures, and research has shown that social connections are vital for both emotional and physical well-being. However, alone time, which is sometimes called private time or solitary time and simply means spending time by yourself, is also good for you as it plays a positive role in mental health.

Being around other people comes with rewards, but it also creates stress. You might worry about what people think or alter your behavior to avoid rejection and to fit in with the rest of the group. While this may be the cost of being part of a social world, some of these challenges demonstrate why alone time can be so important.

Benefits of Alone Time
Having time for yourself gives you the chance to break free from social pressures and tap into your own thoughts, feelings, and experiences. Finding time to be alone can also have a number of key benefits. Some of these include:

-Improved personal exploration
-Increased creativity
-More social energy

Improved Personal Exploration
Becoming comfortable in your own company can give you the time and freedom to truly explore your own passions without interference. It can be a way to try new things, research topics that fascinate you, acquire knowledge, and even practice new methods of self-expression.

Giving yourself alone time means you can explore these things without the pressures and judgments that others may impose. Having time to yourself is critical for growth and personal development. Instead of worrying about the needs, interests, and opinions that others may have, alone time lets you focus on yourself.

Increased Creativity
Alone time is an opportunity to let your mind wander and strengthen your creativity. Without the need to care for or interact with other people, you can ignore outside influences and focus inward.

Research actually suggests that being alone can lead to changes in the brain that help fuel the creative process. One study found that people who tend to purposely withdraw in order to spend time alone also tend to be highly creative people.

In a 2020 study published in the journal Nature Communications, researchers found that perceived social isolation (a.k.a. loneliness) led to increased activity in the neural circuits related to imagination. When left with a lack of social stimulation, the brain ramps up its creative networks to help fill the void.

More Social Energy
Living alone tends to be seen in a negative light. However, researchers have found that people who live alone may actually have richer social lives and more social energy than people who cohabitate with others.

In his book “Going Solo,” sociologist Eric Klineberg notes that one in seven U.S. adults lives alone. Klineberg found that not only were these adults not lonely, many actually had richer social lives.

Some of these reasons people might struggle with being alone include:

*Lack of experience being alone: Some people just might not be used to being by themselves because they are so accustomed to being around other people. The sudden absence of social stimulation can leave them feeling detached or disconnected.
*Distressing thoughts and feelings: In other cases, being alone and focusing inward can be difficult or even painful. People might find this introspection distressing or find themselves engaging in rumination and worry.
*Social stigma: Stigma about being alone can also play a role in shaping how people feel about solitude. For those who have been exposed to negative attitudes towards being alone or who see it as a form of antisocial behavior or social rejection, solitude can seem like a painful form of punishment.

Marketing professor and researcher Rebecca Ratner of the University of Maryland found that people often avoid doing things they enjoy if they have to do them alone. This is particularly true if it is an activity that can be observed by others, such as going to dinner or a movie solo.

Such findings suggest that a stigma about being alone influences whether people think they enjoy such activities. “When people do things alone, they enjoy themselves more than they expected,” Ratner explains. “People overestimate the benefits of being with someone else.”

While being alone sometimes gets mistaken for being lonely, it is clear that having time to yourself now and then is important for mental health and well-being. If the thought of spending time on your own makes you feel bored or uncomfortable, try starting with a small chunk of alone time that allows you to focus on a specific task.

As you get better at enjoying your own company, you may find that this alone time helps you feel renewed and inspired for when you do return to your social circle.

Family time – The most important of all

Do you ever wonder why family time is important?

Yes, time is so important – in fact, time is money, as we’re often reminded when we set out to seek our livelihood as parents.

But family time? Is this meaningful or serve any purpose? Isn’t it just a waste of time because you could probably earn a few grand more putting that time to work!

I know you do not actually think like that and I’ve exaggerated it a bit.

May be you do plan to spend time with your family but things do not always go as per the plans. But you do it all for the family – to earn and provide for the family.

You give money and things to your family. But what does your family need the most?

Your time.

For your kids, your time spent with them is life precious jewels that embed in their memories forever.

The concept of “family” has changed a great deal in recent times, and there are now various forms of families and different styles of parenting. However, one thing remains certain; whatever the term “family” may mean to you, it is of utmost importance in your child’s life.

The family where your child grows up has a big influence on how he or she deals with relationships, copes with situations, and learns about living life. It’s only possible if you proactively be a part of the family.

And for that to happen, you need to block out family time in your schedule.

Family time is also important because if children don’t get the required attention, they might do something that could get them in trouble.

Some stay-at-home parents or moms may think that they are somehow “better” than other parents or moms, who stay away from home for most of the time. This is a misconception.

We often think that it’s all about quantity when it comes to the time we spend with our kids, whereas it is the quality time that we need to give our family and children. Your kids care less about the hours you spend with them, than how you spend your time with them.

As your children get older and become teenagers, it becomes tougher to spend family time with them. It’s mainly because life keeps you busy and your children reach a stage where their friends are the main priority.

As a parent, you have to be willing to go down to their level and enter their world. Sometimes you have to be creative or let them decide what they want to do as a family. But never give up on spending family time with your teens, and they may appreciate it more than what they express.

According to studies, healthy families make family time for talking and listening, accepting differences, showing affection and encouragement, sharing chores and decision making, keeping in touch, and making time for each other.

Why family time is important??

1. To build a stronger bond with your family!

The main reason why family time is important is because you need to develop ties and bond with your family. Often kids decide to join gangs or groups because they welcome them in, to become a part of their family.

Your kids need a sense of belonging and security, as they need to feel they have someone they can turn and look up to, for anything. Spending family time together ensures that a deep, strong, family bond develops.

2. To make time to talk and listen!


Another good reason of spending time with family directly relates to the need to share, talk, and listen to each other as a family.

Parents often think that it would be tough to talk to their children, who think differently from grown-ups. However, parents tend to forget their own time, as how it was for them when they were young! The people you liked were mostly those who listened to what you had to say, similarly, you need to listen to what your children have to say. Listening doesn’t mean only hearing the words your child is saying, but also feeling what your child is trying to convey.

You need to listen without jumping in with answers, criticizing, or giving your own view points. You need to show that you are involved in the conversation, by stopping all other work you are doing, and just listen to them. Talk directly to your kids, especially teenagers, about alcohol and drugs, and set a good example yourself.

3. To teach your children important lessons of life!


If you do not teach children at home, they will learn it elsewhere. As a parent, would you want your children to learn life’s important lessons by undergoing pain, or going the wrong way?

Although children have to learn a few things on their own, it’s important to have family time for discussions, where you can put forth problems or situations in front of them, and then talk about them with your children, seek their opinion, and discuss on the matter. This would help them understand the situations of life in a better way.

4. To show affection, appreciation, and encouragement!


Family time is important so that everyone in the family has a way of showing affection to each other, maybe by giving hugs, holding hands, being thoughtful and kind. According to studies, teenagers who remember being praised, hugged, or kissed are likely to do better at school than those who don’t have this experience.

You need to take out that quality family time to ask what each family member has done in the day, and show interest in each other’s lives. People find it very easy to criticize than praise. So make an effort to think about the positive in each person and tell your child what goodness you have noticed, besides teaching them these values.

5. To instill family values in your children!


Instilling family values in children is of great significance nowadays, so that they are not misled by the number of divorces on the rise.

Children mostly imitate the behavior you show towards them. If you are an absent parent, they will be the same to their children in the future. Instead, they often portray worse behaviors than they see.

Thus, spending family time together will build a sense of worth and instill positive family values in your children.

6. To inculcate family rituals and traditions!


Daily rituals or the little things that you do daily and on special occasions, helps to build a sense of belonging, contentedness, and inner security within the family. Daily rituals like the way you greet each other, or say goodbye, what you do at mealtimes or bedtimes, can all be something to share within your family time.

Families benefit from coming together to celebrate occasions like birthdays, anniversaries, or festivals like Christmas, etc., where they learn the traditions about what happens at these times.

7. To accept the differences in each person!


Family time is essential to appreciate, encourage, and value the differences in each family member, knowing that everyone is special in their own way. Allow each family member to be excited about their personal interests, and show respect and tolerance towards them.

Don’t pressurize your family members to be like you, or hide their feelings and differences. Instead, let them feel proud to be themselves.

8. To keep in touch with friends and relatives!


As we live in a society, we do need to spend time among our family as well as interact with friends and relatives. Knowing that there are people outside the family to turn to in a crisis can make a difference to your child’s happiness. It also increases the chances of them making good friends later in life.

9. To share the chores!


Family time is important to teach younger children, by giving them chance to do things for themselves, under your supervision. Use adult power wisely, and keep control through humor and encouragement, not with punishments or threats.

By spending time with family together, a very special relationship of trust and intimacy develops that helps build a healthy family. Especially when children have a real say in what happens and where everyone feels their views are heard.

10. To help and connect better with your children!


One of the most overlooked aspects of education today is parental involvement. Many parents don’t realize the importance of family time and how important it is to involve themselves in their children’s learning.

All parents and family members need to find time and make the effort. Research shows that when parents involve themselves in the family, their children:

-Get superior grades and test scores.
-Graduate from high school at higher rates.
-Are most likely to go on to higher education.
-Have more positive attitudes and behave better.

Show loyalty to your family, stick up for each other so that each person feels confident in the family’s support and pull together to form a united front to find solutions.
Children grow up and are gone before you realize it, so don’t waste the time you have now, and spend it with your family. Remember, that strong families are able to withstand setbacks and crisis with a positive attitude, shared values, and beliefs that help them cope with challenges.

A step towards healthy eyes!

As students we are very much dependent on technology. So our lives generally revolved around phone, laptop and screen due to which our eyes experience a lot of radiation exposure.

Don’t take your eyes for granted. Take these easy steps to keep your peepers healthy.

1.Eat Well
Good eye health starts with the food on your plate. Nutrients like omega-3 fatty acids, lutein, zinc, and vitamins C and E might help ward off age-related vision problems like macular degeneration and cataracts. To get them, fill your plate with:

Green leafy vegetables like spinach, kale, and collards
Salmon, tuna, and other oily fish
Eggs, nuts, beans, and other nonmeat protein sources.

2. Quit Smoking
It makes you more likely to get cataracts, damage to your optic nerve, and macular degeneration, among many other medical problems. If you’ve tried to kick the habit before only to start again, keep at it. The more times you try to quit, the more likely you are to succeed. Ask your doctor for help.

3. Wear Sunglasses
The right pair of shades will help protect your eyes from the sun’s ultraviolet (UV) rays. Too much UV exposure boosts your chances of cataracts and macular degeneration.

Choose a pair that blocks 99% to 100% of UVA and UVB rays. Wraparound lenses help protect your eyes from the side. Polarized lenses reduce glare while you drive, but don’t necessarily offer added protection.

4. Use Safety Eyewear
If you use hazardous or airborne materials on the job or at home, wear safety glasses or protective goggles.

Sports like ice hockey, racquetball, and lacrosse can also lead to eye injury. Wear eye protection. Helmets with protective face masks or sports goggles with polycarbonate lenses will shield your eyes.

5. Look Away From the Computer Screen
Staring at a computer or phone screen for too long can cause:

Eyestrain
Blurry vision
Trouble focusing at a distance
Dry eyes
Headaches
Neck, back, and shoulder pain

To protect your eyes:

Make sure your glasses or contacts prescription is up to date and good for looking at a computer screen.
If your eye strain won’t go away, talk to your doctor about computer glasses.
Move the screen so your eyes are level with the top of the monitor. That lets you look slightly down at the screen.
Try to avoid glare from windows and lights. Use an anti-glare screen if needed.
Choose a comfortable, supportive chair. Position it so that your feet are flat on the floor.
If your eyes are dry, blink more or try using artificial tears.
Rest your eyes every 20 minutes. Look 20 feet away for 20 seconds. Get up at least every 2 hours and take a 15-minute break.

Walking – The best and underrated form of exercise

You drag yourself from your desk to the gym, where you pop in some upbeat music and jack the treadmill up to 6 mph.

Admit it, while you’re pounding out those three miles, you’re silently judging (even if subconsciously) the person walking next to you.

But experts say we’re unfairly placing the form of exercise in the “pointless” category. It turns out, you may be missing out on an extremely effective physical activity, not to mention a mental boost, by writing off walking entirely.

“Walking can be as good as a workout, if not better, than running,” says Dr. Matt Tanneberg, CSCS, a sports Chiropractor and Certified Strength and Conditioning Specialist in Phoenix, Arizona who works with elite athletes. “You hear of people ‘plateauing’ when they continue to do the same workout routine and stop seeing results. I see patients all the time that plateau from running, they will run the same distance, speed and time, day in and day out. You need to constantly be switching up your exercise routine in order to get the maximum benefit for your health.”

Yes, running is more physically demanding, which leads people to label it a “better” workout.

“While I would love to say that walking can be just as effective of a workout as running, I’m not going to lie to you. In fairness, the two really shouldn’t be compared against each other,” says John Ford, certified exercise physiologist, who runs JKF Fitness & Health in New York City. “Running, due to larger muscle recruitment, greater forces exerted and faster motion capability, will always have the proverbial leg up on walking.”

But while walking may not be a better workout, it may be a better exercise choice for some people.

“With that being said, walking is a really good form of exercise and can help you reach your fitness and weight-loss goals. As a lifelong track athlete, who has marveled at race walkers (check out the Olympic walkers on YouTube!), I don’t scoff at walking,” says Ford. “In fact, walking is the suggested workout over running for many people. For example, those with knee, ankle and back problems and also for people who are overweight to obese. Walking is a lower impact exercise and can be done for longer periods of time.”

And there is no shortage of scientific research to back up the effectiveness of adding walking to your fitness routine.

“There are many reasons to walk for exercise,” says Ann Green, M.S., past heptathlon world athlete, yoga teacher and fitness studio owner. “Walking improves fitness, cardiac health, alleviates depression and fatigue, improves mood, creates less stress on joints and reduces pain, can prevent weight gain, reduce risk for cancer and chronic disease, improve endurance, circulation, and posture, and the list goes on…”

When comparing the results of the most recent National Runners’ Health Study with the National Walkers’ Health Study, researchers found that the energy used for moderate-intensity walking and vigorous-intensity running resulted in similar reductions in risk for high blood pressure, high cholesterol, diabetes and heart disease over the study’s six year period.

Which means when it comes to some pretty prominent markers of our health, walking at a moderate intensity can get the job done just as well as running, as long as you’re expending the same amount of energy. Great news for those of us that dread going on a jog.

While the physical benefits are notable, the mental boost that can be gleaned from adding a walk to your daily routine may be more immediate.

One Stanford University study found that walking increased creative output by an average of 60 percent. Researchers labelled this type of creativity “divergent thinking,” which they define as a thought process used to generate creative ideas by exploring many possible solutions. According to the study, “walking opens up the free flow of ideas, and it is a simple and robust solution to the goals of increasing creativity and increasing physical activity.”

Which makes sense, since science shows that engaging in activities that allow our minds to wander promotes a mental state conducive to innovative ideas and “ah-ha!” moments.

But it’s not only your creativity that will benefit from the mental lift. The act of walking is also a proven mood booster. One study found that just 12 minutes of walking resulted in an increase in joviality, vigor, attentiveness and self-confidence versus the same time spent sitting. Walking in nature, specifically, was found to reduce ruminating over negative experiences, which increases activity in the brain associated with negative emotions and raises risk of depression.

Stress- A threat to Students

Most students experience significant amounts of stress. This can significantly affect their health, happiness, relationships, and grades. Learning stress management techniques can help these students avoid negative effects in these areas.

Why Stress Management Is Important for Students?
A study by the American Psychological Association (APA) found that teens report stress levels similar to adults. This means teens are experiencing significant levels of chronic stress and feel their stress levels generally exceed their ability to cope effectively.

Stress can also affect health-related behaviors. Stressed students are more likely to have problems with disrupted sleep, poor diet, and lack of exercise. This is understandable given that nearly half of APA survey respondents reported completing three hours of homework per night in addition to their full day of school work and extracurriculars.

Common Causes of Student Stress:
Another study found that much of high school students’ stress originates from school and activities, and that this chronic stress can persist into college years and lead to academic disengagement and mental health problems.

High school students face the intense competitiveness of taking challenging courses, amassing impressive extracurriculars, studying and acing college placement tests, and deciding on important and life-changing plans for their future. At the same time, they have to navigate the social challenges inherent to the high school experience.

This stress continues if students decide to attend college. Stress is an unavoidable part of life, but research has found that increased daily stressors put college-aged young adults at a higher risk for stress than other age groups.3

Making new friends, handling a more challenging workload, feeling pressured to succeed, being without parental support, and navigating the stresses of more independent living are all added challenges that make this transition more difficult.4 Romantic relationships always add an extra layer of potential stress.

Students often recognize that they need to relieve stress. However, all the activities and responsibilities that fill a student’s schedule sometimes make it difficult to find the time to try new stress relievers to help dissipate that stress.

10 techniques to manage stress:

1) Get enough sleep

2) Use guided imagery

3) Exercise regularly

4) Take calming breathe

5) Practice Progressive Muscle Relaxation (PMR)

6) Listen to music

7) Build your support network

8) Eat a healthy diet

9) Find ways to minimise stress

10) Try mindfulness

5 skin care tips that everyone should be aware of!

Don’t have time for intensive skin care? You can still pamper yourself by acing the basics. Good skin care and healthy lifestyle choices can help delay natural aging and prevent various skin problems. Get started with these five no-nonsense tips.

1. Protect yourself from the sun


One of the most important ways to take care of your skin is to protect it from the sun. A lifetime of sun exposure can cause wrinkles, age spots and other skin problems — as well as increase the risk of skin cancer.

For the most complete sun protection:

Use sunscreen. Use a broad-spectrum sunscreen with an SPF of at least 15. Apply sunscreen generously, and reapply every two hours — or more often if you’re swimming or perspiring.
Seek shade. Avoid the sun between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., when the sun’s rays are strongest.
Wear protective clothing. Cover your skin with tightly woven long-sleeved shirts, long pants and wide-brimmed hats. Also consider laundry additives, which give clothing an additional layer of ultraviolet protection for a certain number of washings, or special sun-protective clothing — which is specifically designed to block ultraviolet rays.

2. Don’t smoke


Smoking makes your skin look older and contributes to wrinkles. Smoking narrows the tiny blood vessels in the outermost layers of skin, which decreases blood flow and makes skin paler. This also depletes the skin of oxygen and nutrients that are important to skin health.

Smoking also damages collagen and elastin — the fibers that give your skin strength and elasticity. In addition, the repetitive facial expressions you make when smoking — such as pursing your lips when inhaling and squinting your eyes to keep out smoke — can contribute to wrinkles.

In addition, smoking increases your risk of squamous cell skin cancer. If you smoke, the best way to protect your skin is to quit. Ask your doctor for tips or treatments to help you stop smoking.

3. Treat your skin gently


Daily cleansing and shaving can take a toll on your skin. To keep it gentle:

Limit bath time. Hot water and long showers or baths remove oils from your skin. Limit your bath or shower time, and use warm — rather than hot — water.
Avoid strong soaps. Strong soaps and detergents can strip oil from your skin. Instead, choose mild cleansers.
Shave carefully. To protect and lubricate your skin, apply shaving cream, lotion or gel before shaving. For the closest shave, use a clean, sharp razor. Shave in the direction the hair grows, not against it.
Pat dry. After washing or bathing, gently pat or blot your skin dry with a towel so that some moisture remains on your skin.
Moisturize dry skin. If your skin is dry, use a moisturizer that fits your skin type. For daily use, consider a moisturizer that contains SPF.

4. Eat a healthy diet


A healthy diet can help you look and feel your best. Eat plenty of fruits, vegetables, whole grains and lean proteins. The association between diet and acne isn’t clear — but some research suggests that a diet rich in fish oil or fish oil supplements and low in unhealthy fats and processed or refined carbohydrates might promote younger looking skin. Drinking plenty of water helps keep your skin hydrated.

5. Manage stress


Uncontrolled stress can make your skin more sensitive and trigger acne breakouts and other skin problems. To encourage healthy skin — and a healthy state of mind — take steps to manage your stress. Get enough sleep, set reasonable limits, scale back your to-do list and make time to do the things you enjoy. The results might be more dramatic than you expect.

R.W. Emerson’s Transcendentalism and Advaita Vedanta: A ComparativeStudy

B. S. S Bhagavan

Assistant Professor

Research Scholar, Department of English

Vikrama Simhapuri University, Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

bhagavanbss@vsu.ac.in

Dr. R. Prabhakar

Associate Professor, Head, Department of English

Research Supervisor, Vikrama Simhapuri University,

Kakutur, Nellore, A.P.

prabhakarjoli@gmail.com

Abstract:

The objective of this paper is to analyse R.W Emersons Transcendentalism and non-dualistic Indian thought. This paperattempts to study the purpose of human life according to R.W Emerson and its affinity with Vedantic concept of JeevanMukti. The 19th century American Society witnessed new trends in art, culture, religion and philosophy. New England young intellectuals embraced new thoughts and ideas and attempted to redefine American Religious Culture, Philosophy and Literature. This religious philosophical and literary movement was known as Transcendentalism in the history ofAmerican literature. The Transcendentalists revolted against established traditions and tried to construct new philosophy. The young intellectuals advocated divinity of man, purity of human heart and individualism. The young intellectuals propagated their ideas through their literary works under the leadership of R.W Emerson. This paper upholds all parallelisms in American Transcendentalism and Advaita Vedanta.

Keywords: Swedenborgian, Transcendentalism, Advaita Vedanta, Idealism, phenomenal world, illusion, Maya vaada,YogaNidra, Soteriological.

Introduction:

The unitarian theology which emphasized on the significance of external evidence in the spiritual enlightenmentcould not win the hearts of 19th century American young intellectuals. Calvinism which advocated the doctrine of “original sin” could not satisfy the spiritual quest of new England intellectuals. A group of learned scholars under the leadership of R.W Emerson rebelled against orthodox Christianity and preached new religious philosophy. Thetranscendentalists introduced Spiritualism and redefined the orthodox theology with their new ideas.

R.W Emerson in his first work the Nature advocated oneness of man, nature and God. In his divinity schooladdress condemned historical Christianity and articulated the impersonality of God. In his essay “Over Soul” published in1841 Emerson propounded the divinity of man. According to him

the God (Over soul) contains all beings in him and all creatures leave in him. All individual souls are part and parcel ofthe over soul and all the souls are connected to one another. Thus, Emerson with his doctrine of Over soul advocated new spiritualism.

Emerson articulated the concept of “God within” and strongly advised whole humanity to realize the god within or true self and to experience oneness with the absolute. According to him history, traditions, religion and scriptures play no role in the individual spiritual evolution. Emerson strongly believed that every man has essential resources which to attain spiritual enlightenment. The transcendentalists strongly advocated self-reliance as the means of self-realization.

Transcendentalism says that man due to his ignorance misidentifies himself with ego and neglects in his true self. The individual can realize God within only through spiritual regeneration and obeying the intuition. Emerson explainedthe limitations of human intellect and suggested his contemporaries to depend upon intuition. The Transcendentalists rejected the authority of religious institutions and scriptures on individual the young intellectuals propounded newtheology based on the ideas which they imbibed from various religions and cultures. Oriental Mysticism, German Idealism, British Romanticism and Ancient Greek Philosophy shaped the philosophy of Transcendentalists.

R.W Emerson was born in the family of religious priests and was introduced to harsh realities of the world in his childhood after the death of his father. He pursued his graduation in Harvard university and completed religious studies in Harvard divinity school. The Harvard university introduced Indian thought to young Emerson. Emersons aunt Mary Moody encouraged Emerson to delve into Vedantic literature. He acknowledges the depth of Hindu religious thought and developed passion for Vedic literature. He confessed the greatness of Indian philosophy. “India teaches through its clouds of legends, has yet a simple and grant religion, like a queenly countenance seen through a rich veil. It teaches tospeakthe truth, love others as you, and to despise trifles. The East is grand, and makes &Europe a land of trifles”. (Journals. Vol. VII. Pp.120-30). Emerson realized the affinity between his thoughts and Vedanta philosophy and used few ideas to strengthen his philosophy. Frequent reference to Vedantic concepts and quoting lines from Vedic literature doesn’t mean that Vedanta philosophy shaped Emerson’s thought.

R.W Emerson in his first work nature articulated the basic tenants of his philosophy. He propounded his spiritualism in the last three chapters in his work. For him the nature is the best spiritual teacher and universal mind reflects in thenature. “Have mountains, and waves, andskies, not significance but what we consciously give them when we employthem as emblems of our thoughts? The world is emblematic” (Works.Vol.I.P.32) according to Emerson the god speaks through nature he suggests mankind to read the divine mind through literature. God reveals his mind through theelements of the nature. He says “as gravity, centripetence, repulsion, polarity, undulation, has a counterpart in the intellect” (Works. Vol. III. P.211). Emerson’s work nature defines the world as mere reflection of the absolute being.

Emerson refers every empirical object as an apocalypse of the mind. He believes that individual can understand the divine design by decoding the nature for him the oversoul (God) is the cause and the world is mere appearance it isneither real nor unreal. In this work he writes “It is the uniform

effect of culture on the human mind, not to shake our faith in the stability of particular phenomena as of heat, Water, azote; but to lead us to regard nature as phenomenon, not substance; to attribute necessary existence to spirit; to esteem nature as an accident and an effect” (works. Vol. P.49).

For idealists the matter is nothing and they give importance to ideas. Therefore, idealism advocates that the phenomenal world is the buy product of human mind and sensations. He says “Mind is the only reality, of which men and allother natures are better or worse reflectors” (Works. Vol. P. 33. “The Transcendentalist”). Like an idealist Emerson considers the oversoul as absolute truth and source of the creation. He accepted the idealism of Vyasa and admired the Vedanticphilosophy which defined the transient and immutable as eternal and temporal and visible as unreal. Vedanta treats allempirical objects as unreal. Emerson also emphasizes the same in his works “Things we now esteem fixed shall, one byone, detach themselves like ripe fruit from our experience, and fall, The landscape, the figures, Boston, London are facts as fugitive as any institution past, or any institution past, or any whiff of mist or smoke, and so is society andso is theworld. The soul looketh steadily, forwards, creating a world before her, leaving worlds behind her. She has no dates, nor rites, nor persons, nor specialties, nor men. The soul knows the only the soul; the web of events is tiling flowing robe inwhich she is clothed.”

Emerson in his work nature expounds the universal soul as all pervasive impersonal and attribute less absolute truth. This very idea echoes Vedantic concept of Nirguna Brahma. For Emerson and Vedanta, the world is mere appearance and universal being manifests itself with various names and forms in the world. Therefore, both Emerson and Vedanta suggest to overcome the delusive power of the world to realize the absolute truth. Thus, Emerson’s doctrine of illusion and Vedantic concept of Maya advocated similar ideas. According to the both there is only one reality and that exists in all beings. For Emerson and Vedanta nothing exists except the absolute every being emanates from the absolute and exists in it. Therefore, the subjective and objective distinction doesn’t prevail. Vedanta says Ekam Advitiyam Brahma similarly Emerson also articulated oneness of Man, Nature and God in “Nature”.

Emerson strongly criticized the assumptions of materialists and propagated spiritualism like an idealist for him the spirit is the cause and the world is the effect. He considers the matter as dead mind. These idealistic tendencies in himmade the scholars to believe the influence of Plato’s Idealism on Emersons Philosophy. Emerson in his works clearly mentioned the influence of eastern thought on Plato, he called Plato as half Orientalist. According to Emerson Plato succeeded in maintaining perfect balance between the orient and the oxidant. Emerson writes “The unity of Asia and the detail of Europe; Plato came to join… The excellences of Europe Asia are in his brain”(works, Vol. IV. P.40.Plato).Emerson’s reading of Plato inspired him to study Vedanta philosophy after 1845 Emerson extensively read Vedantic literature including Upanishads, Bhagavad Geeta and Bhagavad PuranaIsha Upanishad introduced the concept ofBrahma to Emerson which lend support in formulating his doctrine of oversoul. Bruhadaranyaka Upanishad introducedthe nature of the world, Bhagavad Geeta provided concepts like compensation (Karma), balancing mind (Stitapragna) and Bhagavata purana and Vishnu purana supplied the concept of maya to Emerson. Vedanta philosophy strengthenedEmerson’s idealism which he propounded in his first work Nature. Emerson clearly defined transcendentalism asIdealism when he says “What is popularly called Transcendentalism among us is idealism; Idealism as it appeared” (Works. Vol. 329-30, “The Transcendentalist”). Like Vedanta Emerson echoes many idealistic views in his work Nature he says ”Idealism saith: matter is a phenomenon, not a substance. Idealism acquaints us with the total disparity between the evidence of our own being and the evidence of the world’s being, the one is prefect, the other, incapable of myassurance, the mind is a part of the nature of things; world is a divine dream, from which we may presently awake to theglories and certainties of day” (Works. Vol, I, P. 62, “Nature”).

Unlike materialists the idealists define the world as phenomenal. idealism defines the absolute being as ultimate reality which is beyond all constrains and attributes. Vedanta and Emerson argue that individual cannot comprehend theinfinitude with finite mind. Taitreya Upanishad says that mind cannot comprehend the power by which it is able to think. Kena Upanishad similarly describes as there the eye goes not,speech goes not, nor the mind; we know not, we understandnot how one would teach it. Both Emerson and Vedanta articulate that the absolute being infinite and attribute less can be realized through experience, they further argue that no one can explain or disseminate knowledge of the absolute because the language can’t describe the nature of the absolute. Thus, both condemn the role of religious scriptures, institutions and rituals in realization of God. In self-reliance he says “And now at last the highest truth on this subject (self -reliance) remains unsaid; probably cannot be said; for all that we say is the far-off remembering of the intuition” (Works. Vol.11. –Pp. 68-69, “Self- Reliance). Emerson and Vedanta advocate that one can realize the absolute only through intuition. For them God dwells in every being and realizing God within is the purpose of human life. The one who depends upon external sources can’t realize the God within. For them the individual soul is identical with the universal soul. Upanishads propound the doctrine of Ahambrahmaasmi (I am the absolute), the doctrine of Tatvamasi (Thou art that), Aiyam Brahma (The self is Brahma) and Pragnanam Brahama (Brahma is consciousness), all these doctrines establish the fact that man is none other than the Absolute but he is not able to recognize his true self due to his ignorance. Theultimate purpose of life is to realize the true self and to relay upon the self, Emerson rightly called it Self-reliance.

Emerson and Vedanta affirm that every being emanates from the absolute. Emerson writes in his essay “…within man is the soul of the whole; the wise silence; the Universal beauty, to which every part and parcel is equally related; the eternal ONE” (Works. Vol. 11. P. 269, “The Over-soul). Emerson through all his works advocates the doctrine ofinfinitude of a private man. Man being finite can’t comprehend God within due to his ignorance. Emerson and Vedantastrongly advocate oneness of man and God and argue that the individual can attain self-realization by defending upon Godwithin therefore Emerson’s self-reliance means God reliance. Both Emerson and Vedanta consider the nature as the best means to realize the absolute. Emerson writes “The Idealist says, God paints the world around your soul, the spiritualist saith,yea, but God is within you, the self of self Creates the world through you… (Journals. Vol. IV. 78.) Both Vedanta and Emerson attributed soteriological value to the phenomenal world. According to both men can realize the God byunveiling the illusive screen of name and form, like Vedanta Emerson through his Idealism preached spiritualism and divinity of man.

Conclusion:

R.W Emerson initially relayed upon Berkelian Idealism and Swedenborg’s philosophy. After reading Vedantic literaturein 1845 Emerson depended upon Advaita Vedanta to enrich his philosophy. Emerson like Vedantic preached spiritualism and divinity of man through his works till his last breath.

References:

  1. Alcott, Amos B. Ralph Waldo Emerson: Philosopher and Seer. Boston, 1882.
  2. Cabot, James Eliot. A Memoir of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Boston, 1887.
  3. Cary, Elizabeth Luther. Emerson, Poet and Thinker. Concord, Mass. 1903.
  4. Cooke, George Willis. Ralph Waldo Emerson: His Life, Writings, and Philosophy. Boston, 1881.
  5. Guernsey, Alfred H. Ralph Waldo Emerson: Philosopher ad Poet. New York, 1881.
  6. The Complete Works of Ralph Waldo Emerson, Centenary. ed. 12 Volumes. Boston and    New York. 1903-1994.
  7. The Letters of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Ed. Ralph L. Rusk. 6 Vols. New York, 1939.
  8. The Selected Writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Ed. Brooks Atkinson. The Modern Library, New York, 1968.
  9. Uncollected Lectures by Ralph Waldo Emerson, Ed. Clarence Gohdes. New York, 1938.10.Young Emerson Speaks. Ed. A.C. Mc Giffert, Jr, Boston, 1938.

Insomnia- A sleeping disorder we need to know about

Insomnia is a common sleep disorder that can make it hard to fall asleep, hard to stay asleep, or cause you to wake up too early and not be able to get back to sleep. You may still feel tired when you wake up. Insomnia can sap not only your energy level and mood but also your health, work performance and quality of life.

How much sleep is enough varies from person to person, but most adults need seven to eight hours a night.

At some point, many adults experience short-term (acute) insomnia, which lasts for days or weeks. It’s usually the result of stress or a traumatic event. But some people have long-term (chronic) insomnia that lasts for a month or more. Insomnia may be the primary problem, or it may be associated with other medical conditions or medications.

You don’t have to put up with sleepless nights. Simple changes in your daily habits can often help.

Symptoms
Insomnia symptoms may include:

Difficulty falling asleep at night
Waking up during the night
Waking up too early
Not feeling well-rested after a night’s sleep
Daytime tiredness or sleepiness
Irritability, depression or anxiety
Difficulty paying attention, focusing on tasks or remembering
Increased errors or accidents
Ongoing worries about sleep

If insomnia makes it hard for you to function during the day, see your doctor to identify the cause of your sleep problem and how it can be treated. If your doctor thinks you could have a sleep disorder, you might be referred to a sleep center for special testing.

Causes
Insomnia may be the primary problem, or it may be associated with other conditions.

Chronic insomnia is usually a result of stress, life events or habits that disrupt sleep. Treating the underlying cause can resolve the insomnia, but sometimes it can last for years.

Common causes of chronic insomnia include:

1. Stress. Concerns about work, school, health, finances or family can keep your mind active at night, making it difficult to sleep. Stressful life events or trauma — such as the death or illness of a loved one, divorce, or a job loss — also may lead to insomnia.
2. Travel or work schedule. Your circadian rhythms act as an internal clock, guiding such things as your sleep-wake cycle, metabolism and body temperature. Disrupting your body’s circadian rhythms can lead to insomnia. Causes include jet lag from traveling across multiple time zones, working a late or early shift, or frequently changing shifts.
3. Poor sleep habits. Poor sleep habits include an irregular bedtime schedule, naps, stimulating activities before bed, an uncomfortable sleep environment, and using your bed for work, eating or watching TV. Computers, TVs, video games, smartphones or other screens just before bed can interfere with your sleep cycle.
4. Eating too much late in the evening. Having a light snack before bedtime is OK, but eating too much may cause you to feel physically uncomfortable while lying down. Many people also experience heartburn, a backflow of acid and food from the stomach into the esophagus after eating, which may keep you awake.

Chronic insomnia may also be associated with medical conditions or the use of certain drugs. Treating the medical condition may help improve sleep, but the insomnia may persist after the medical condition improves.

Why your weight is not losing?

If you’re eating healthfully and working out but not losing weight, there may be a reason. When you try to lose weight, your body fights back, so tweaking your strategy could help.

If you’re trying to lose weight, you may be able to lose quite a lot of weight at first without much effort. However, weight loss may slow down or stop altogether after a while.

This article lists 20 common reasons why you’re not losing weight. It also contains actionable tips on how to break through the plateau and get things moving again.

1. Maybe you are losing without realizing it

2. You’re not keeping track of what you’re eating

3. You’re not eating enough protein

4. You’re eating too many calories

5. You’re not eating whole foods

6. You’re not lifting weights

7. You’re binge eating

8. You’re not doing cardio

9. You’re still drinking sugar

10. You’re not sleeping well

11. You’re not cutting back on carbohydrates

12. You’re eating too often

13. You’re not drinking water

14. You’re drinking too much alcohol

15. You’re not eating mindfully

16. You have a medical condition that is making things harder

17. You have a junk food addiction

18. You’ve been dieting for too long

19. Your expectations are unrealistic

20. You’re too focused on dieting

Weight loss is not always easy and numerous factors can bring it to a standstill.

At the most basic level, not reaching your weight loss goal can occur when calorie intake is equal to or higher than calorie use.

Try strategies such as mindful eating, keeping a food diary, eating more protein, and doing strength exercises.

In the end, changing your weight and your lifestyle requires patience, dedication, perseverance, and resilience.

What Is The Best Reel For Bass Jigging?

Whether you are an experienced professional or just starting out with bass jigging, having the right reel is essential. With so many options available, it can be difficult to know which one will best suit your needs. In this blog post, we will examine the different types of bass reels, the features to consider when selecting one, and the best reels for bass jigging. So, if you are searching for the best reel for bass jigging, make sure to read this blog post!

Photo by vitalina on Pexels.com

Types Of Bass Reels

There are many types of bass reels on the market, and it can be hard to know which one is right for you. Each reel has its own unique benefits and drawbacks, so it’s important to choose the right one for your specific needs. Here are four of the most common types of bass reels and their respective features: spinning reel, baitcasting reel, trolling reel, and spincast reel.

Spinning Reel

A spinning reel is a great choice for anglers who want to catch large fish quickly. These reels use a system of gears to spin the drum quickly, which gives the angler more speed when casting. They also have larger line capacities than other types of reels, making them ideal for catching big fish on long lines.

Baitcasting Reel

 A baitcasting reel is perfect for anglers who want to catch small fish with light gear. These reels use a set of weights at the bottom of the rod to keep the bait off the ground while casting. They also have a wide range in line capacity – from very small lines that can handle only tiny baits up to heavy lines that can handle big baits.

Trolling Reel

A trolling reel is best suited for fisherman who want to catch largemouth or spotted bass in calm water near shoreline or in riverside areas where there are lots of obstructions between them and the water surface. Trolling reels use large amounts of line capacity – up to 500 yards – which allows fishermen to cover a lot of territory with their lure before having to replace their line.

Fly Fishing Reel

Fly fishing reels are designed specifically for fly fishing purposes and are not typically used with other types of lures or hooks. Instead, they employ a system called “cast control” where you hold down a button on top of the reel while casting (similar to how you would hold down your camera shutter button when taking pictures). This system allows you adjust your cast distances easily without having to stop and reset your gear every time you make a change in direction.

Casting And Spinning Reels For Jigging Bass

When it comes to jigging for bass, there are a few things to keep in mind. For one, you’ll want to decide whether you want to use a spinning or casting reel. Spinning reels tend to offer a bit more accuracy and smoother retrieves, while casting reels offer a bit more power and are better suited for fishing in saltwater. Additionally, you’ll need to consider the gear ratio – this is the number of gears that the reel has compared to the number of lines it can handle. The higher the gear ratio, the faster the reel will spin and hence give you more control when jigging.

When selecting a reel for jigging Bass, make sure to consider material and handle comfort as well as line capacity. Many spinning reels come with multiple bearing systems that make them very durable when used outdoors in saltwater conditions. However, be aware that casting reels can also be very durable if cared for properly – just make sure not to over-wrench or damage it when adjusting or tightening components.

Finally, pay attention to design features that provide smooth retrieves and accurate casts – these factors are crucial for getting consistent results when fishing with Jigs. It’s also important to balance your rod and reel together so that both components are working in harmony for optimal performance. Different types of jigs will affect your action differently when using either type of reel – so be sure to test out different jigs on each type of reel before making your purchase. With these tips in mind, you’re ready start landing some big Bass!

Reel Features To Consider

When you’re looking to buy a new jigging reel, there are a few features that you should be aware of. The first is the casting reel or spinning reel. This will determine how well the reel casts and retrieves your line. You’ll want a quality drag system so that your line doesn’t get caught on the reel’s teeth and damaged. You’ll also want to make sure that the gear ratio matches the jigging technique that you’re using so that your line isn’t pulled too tightly or too loosely.

Next, consider the type of braking system that you need. Some reels come with magnetic braking systems, while others use anti-reverse technology. Finally, think about how many line capacity options you need and what size line you’d like to use. There are also right/left hand retrieve options available on some reels, as well as ease of retrieval features for those who prefer this style over traditional hand retrieval.

Best Reels For Bass Jigging-Check Here!

If you’re looking to get into bass fishing, then you need to know about bass jigs. Bass jigs are a type of lure that is used to catch big fish in salt and freshwater environments. There are a variety of different types of reels available for bass jigging, each with its own unique features and capabilities. In this section, we will outline the different types of reels and discuss their respective advantages and disadvantages. We’ll also provide tips on how spool speed affects your bass jigging performance, as well as advice on factors to consider when selecting the right reel for your needs. Finally, we’ll give you some maintenance tips for your reel so that it will last long and perform at its best. So don’t wait any longer – check out our list of the best reels for bass jigging today!

In Short

In conclusion, selecting the right reel for your bass jigging needs is essential to get the most out of your fishing experience. Different types of reels have their own unique features, so it is important to consider factors such as line capacity, gear ratio, and drag system when making your decision. Additionally, make sure to select a reel that is comfortable and easy to use. With these tips in mind and our list of the best reels for bass jigging, you are ready to start catching some big fish! Check here our selection at Jigs Unlimited today!

Miscarriage – Causes and Symptoms

A miscarriage (also called a spontaneous abortion) is the unexpected ending of a pregnancy in the first 20 weeks of gestation. Just because it’s called a “miscarriage” doesn’t mean you did something wrong in carrying the pregnancy. Most miscarriages are beyond your control and occur because the fetus stops growing.

Types of miscarriage

Your pregnancy care provider may diagnose you with the following types of miscarriage:

1. Missed miscarriage: You’ve lost the pregnancy but are unaware it’s happened. There are no symptoms of miscarriage, but an ultrasound confirms the fetus has no heartbeat.


2. Complete miscarriage: You’ve lost the pregnancy and your uterus is empty. You’ve experienced bleeding and passed fetal tissue. Your provider can confirm a complete miscarriage with an ultrasound.

3.Recurrent miscarriage: Three consecutive miscarriages. It affects about 1% of couples.

4. Threatened miscarriage: Your cervix stays closed, but you’re bleeding and experiencing pelvic cramping. The pregnancy typically continues with no further issues. Your pregnancy care provider may monitor you more closely for the rest of your pregnancy.

5. Inevitable miscarriage: You’re bleeding, cramping and your cervix has started to open (dilate). You may leak amniotic fluid. A complete miscarriage is likely.

How do I know if I’m having a miscarriage?

You may not be aware you’re having a miscarriage. In people who have symptoms of a miscarriage, the most common signs are:

1. Bleeding that progresses from light to heavy. You may also pass grayish tissue or blood clots.
2. Cramps and abdominal pain (usually worse than menstrual cramps).
3. Low back ache that may range from mild to severe.
4. A decrease in pregnancy symptoms.

What causes miscarriage?

Chromosomal abnormalities cause about 50% of all miscarriages in the first trimester (up to 13 weeks) of pregnancy. Chromosomes are tiny structures inside the cells of your body that carry your genes. Genes determine all of a person’s physical attributes, such as assigned sex, hair and eye color and blood type.

During fertilization, when the egg and sperm join, two sets of chromosomes come together. If an egg or sperm has more or fewer chromosomes than normal, the fetus will have an abnormal number. As a fertilized egg grows into a fetus, its cells divide and multiply several times. Abnormalities during this process also leads to miscarriage.

Most chromosomal problems occur by chance. It’s not completely known why this happens.

Several factors may cause miscarriage:

Infection.
Exposure to TORCH diseases.
Hormonal imbalances.
Improper implantation of fertilized egg in your uterine lining.
How old you are.
Uterine abnormalities.
Incompetent cervix (your cervix begins to open too early in pregnancy).
Lifestyle factors such as smoking, drinking alcohol or using recreational drugs.
Disorders of the immune system like lupus.
Severe kidney disease.
Congenital heart disease.
Diabetes that isn’t managed.
Thyroid disease.
Radiation.
Certain medicines, such as the acne drug isotretinoin.
Severe malnutrition.

There is no scientific proof that stress, exercise, sexual activity or prolonged use of birth control pills cause miscarriage. Whatever your situation is, it’s important to not blame yourself for having a miscarriage. Most miscarriages have nothing to do with something you did or didn’t do.

Importance of Yoga in a Student’s Life

The present-day lifestyle among students’ calls for the need for yoga and meditation, and these two should indeed be placed on an upper pedestal, in order to achieve the overall development of a student. As these two play an important role, they should be inculcated in the student curriculum. Meditation and yoga can contribute directly to improve mental focus and concentration among students. It involves long, deep, slow breathing, as well as the coordination of mental concentration. Yoga combines strength and flexibility exercises with relaxation and meditation. Studies have revealed that yoga has helped cure a wide range of mental and physical health problems, mainly among teens and children. If the present trend of lifestyle as mentioned above is again taken into consideration, it can be said that, in contrary to the olden times, Children these days, rarely involve themselves in sports and other similar aspects and are rather busy with smartphones, videogames and other static entertainment. Hence, Yoga and Meditation becomes a matter of Paramount importance in student life.

What is Yoga? Yoga in simple terms can be defined as a spiritual science of self-realization. The origin of Yoga dates back to over five thousand years in the Indian subcontinent. The Indian Sage ‘Patanjali’ defined Yoga as the process of Spiritual Development. In addition to this, he even came up with the different Postures, known as asanas and various Breathing Exercises, which are known as pranayama. He also defined the four limbs of meditative stages, as follows

Control of Sense – Pratyahara
Concentration – Dharana
Meditation – Dhyana
Enlightenment – Samadhi
If the present day situation is taken into account, it can be said that the concept of yoga has gained popularity in the western world due to the increasing awarness among peopel around the world and a need for balanced lifestyle. Another vital phenomenon to be taken into consideration is hatha yoga; hatha yoga has become quite popular among the westerns, it seeks to promote health and well-being through physical exercise. The regular practice of asanas and breathing exercises (pranayama) makes the body strong, supple and healthy.

Meditation can be defined as a practice where an individual uses a technique, such as focusing their mind on a particular object, thought or activity, to achieve a mentally clear and emotionally calm state, it basically means transforming the mind. Even the origin of meditation has a thing with India, as the sages here were profoundly known for their meditating skills. Various Hindu religions like Jainism, Buddhism, Sikhism give significance to yoga and follow it as a part of their religious practice. It encourages developing concentration, clarity, emotional positivity, and a calm seeing of the true nature of things. By engaging with a particular meditation practice you learn the patterns and habits of your mind, and the practice offers a means to cultivate new, more positive ways of being.

Yoga and meditation if practised regularly may yield very good results among the student community, which can be fighting depression, anxiety etc. which would prove to be beneficial to the students in a long run. Yoga improves physical as well as mental health of an individual while meditation provides peace of mind and control over the body.

1. Improved concentration– It leads to better grades, balanced blood pressure, decreased absenteeism and tardiness, improved interpersonal relations, and enhanced confidence level, sleep, relief from a headache, improved calmness and a sharper mind.
2. Weight management– There are lots of problems like obesity and uneasiness in breathing that are related to weight and very common among students. Such children are usually the targets of bullying. Practising yoga daily can help in weight management.
3. Flexibility– Yet another advantage of practising yoga regularly is the flexibility of the body. Stretching the muscles through yoga poses releases the lactic acid that builds up within your body preventing stiffness, pain, fatigue and tension that can really be painful at times. Stretching increases joint lubrication and stretches the soft tissues of your body. For students playing sports, yoga can decrease the risk of injury through increased range of motion and less fatigue.
4. Strength– Strength and endurance are very important, especially for young people who have to toggle between various activities all through the week. It increases muscle strength and endurance if practised regularly. It also tends to give a great deal of strength and calmness of mind.
5. Concentration and sharpness– Meditation and yoga have proved to be of great importance in increasing concentration and sharpness of the brain. Balanced blood pressure, arthritis and asthma can also be controlled through yoga.

The concept of sound of silence was originally put forth by Buddha, by the way of introduction of the concept of ‘divine eye theory’. It was stated by Buddha that it is always easier to hear the sound during the night time when the surrounding is calm. Once, the person identifies the sound, he is required to give his complete attention to the sound and should continuously listen to it by giving all his concentration to the sound and keep his awareness there and he should further keep going into the sound.

Beginner friendly Yoga for everyone!

It’s time to roll out your yoga mat and discover the combination of physical and mental exercises that for thousands of years have hooked yoga practitioners around the globe. The beauty of yoga is that you don’t have to be a yogi or yogini to reap the benefits. Whether you are young or old, overweight or fit, yoga has the power to calm the mind and strengthen the body. Don’t be intimidated by yoga terminology, fancy yoga studios and complicated poses. Yoga is for everyone.

The building blocks of yoga are poses. These are good ones to learn as you build a regular yoga practice.

These poses are a complete yoga workout. Move slowly through each pose, remembering to breathe as you move. Pause after any pose you find challenging, especially if you are short of breath, and start again when your breathing returns to normal. The idea is to hold each pose for a few, slow breaths before moving on to the next one.

1. Child’s Pose

This calming pose is a good default pause position. You can use child’s pose to rest and refocus before continuing to your next pose. It gently stretches your lower back, hips, thighs, knees and ankles and relaxes your spine, shoulders and neck.
Do it: When you want to get a nice gentle stretch through your neck spine and hips.
Skip it: If you have knee injuries or ankle problems. Avoid also if you have high blood pressure or are pregnant.
Modify: You can rest your head on a cushion or block. You can place a rolled towel under your ankles if they are uncomfortable.
Be mindful: Focus on relaxing the muscles of the spine and lower back as you breathe.

2. Downward Facing Dog

Downward-facing dog strengthens the arms, shoulders and back while stretching the hamstrings, calves and arches of your feet. It can also help relieve back pain.

Do it: To help relieve back pain.
Skip it: This pose is not recommended if you have carpal tunnel syndrome or other wrist problems, have high blood pressure or are in the late stages of pregnancy.
Modify: You can do the pose with your elbows on the ground, which takes the weight off your wrists. You can also use blocks under your hands, which may feel more comfortable.
Be mindful: Focus on distributing the weight evenly through your palms and lifting your hips up and back, away from your shoulders.

3. Plank Pose

A commonly seen exercise, plank helps build strength in the core, shoulders, arms and legs.

Do it: Plank pose is good if you are looking to tone your abs and build strength in your upper body.
Skip it: Avoid plank pose if you suffer from carpal tunnel syndrome. It can be hard on your wrists. You might also skip it or modify if you have low back pain.
Modify: You can modify it by placing your knees on the floor.
Be mindful: As you do a plank, imagine the back of your neck and spine lengthening.

4. Four- limbed Staff Pose

This push-up variation follows plank pose in a common yoga sequence known as the sun salutation. It is a good pose to learn if you want to eventually work on more advanced poses, such as arm balances or inversions.

Do it: Like plank, this pose strengthens arms and wrists and tones the abdomen.
Skip it: If you have carpal tunnel syndrome, lower back pain, a shoulder injury or are pregnant.
Modify: It’s a good idea for beginners to modify the pose by keeping your knees on the floor.
Be mindful: Press your palms evenly into the floor and lift your shoulders away from the floor as you hold this pose.

5. Cobra Pose

This back-bending pose can help strengthen the back muscles, increase spinal flexibility and stretches the chest, shoulders and abdomen.

Do it: This post is great for strengthening the back.
Skip it: If you have arthritis in your spine or neck, a low-back injury or carpal tunnel syndrome.
Modify: Just lift up a few inches, and don’t try to straighten your arms.
Be mindful: Try to keep your navel drawing up away from the floor as you hold this pose.

6. Tree Pose

Beyond helping improve your balance, it can also strengthen your core, ankles, calves, thighs and spine.

Do it: Great for working on your balance and posture.
Skip it: You many want to skip this pose if you have low blood pressure or any medical conditions that affect your balance.
Modify: Place one of your hands on a wall for support.
Be mindful: Focus on your breath in and out as you hold this pose.

7. Triangle Pose

Triangle, which is a part of many yoga sequences helps build strength in the legs and stretches the hips, spine, chest, shoulders, groins, hamstrings and calves. It can also help increase mobility in the hips and neck.

Do it: This pose is great for building strength and endurance.
Skip it: Avoid this pose if you have a headache or low blood pressure.
Modify: If you have high blood pressure, turn your head to gaze downward in the final pose. If you have neck problems, don’t turn your head to look upward; look straight ahead and keep both sides of the neck long.
Be mindful: Keep lifting your raised arm toward the ceiling. It helps keep the pose buoyant.

8. Corpse Pose

Like life, yoga classes typically end with this pose. It allows for a moment of relaxation, but some people find it difficult to stay still in this pose. However, the more you try this pose, the easier it is to sink into a relaxing, meditative state.

Do it: Always!
Skip it: If you don’t want to have a moment’s peace.
Modify: Place a blanket under your head, if that feels more comfortable. You can also roll up a blanket and place that under your knees, if your lower back is sensitive or bothering you.
Be mindful: Feel the weight of your body sinking into your mat one part at a time.

Learn Advanced Excel for business

Advanced Excel Topics

Below, we will address some of the top 10 Excel skills needed to break into the data analytics industry — as well as effective ways to learn these skills. You can be a great way to hone your Excel skills; the data analytics boot camp covers intermediate Excel topics, which form the foundation for the following advanced Excel skills.

Excel Skill 1: Statistical Modeling

Excel provides a specialized toolkit enabling you to perform statistical modeling inside the popular spreadsheet program. These kinds of diverse applications are exactly why Excel skills remain important in the job market. The advanced Excel formulas involved in producing statistical models and performing advanced data analytics enable you to perform meaningful statistical analysis and produce useful models. 

Excel’s statistical modeling functions include tools to create histograms, generate random numbers, find correlations between data sets, measure for rank and percentile, perform regression, and assess sampling. Using Excel to perform statistical modeling can reduce human errors sometimes involved in statistical analysis. Cursos de Excel is a good training provider.

If you have only used Excel for basic budgeting or project management, you may be unaware of the statistical tools that can power up your Excel skills. While some of the advanced Excel tools for statistical modeling are built into the program’s basic functions, others are part of the add-on package for data analysis. Through Excel’s Data tab, you can add in the Analysis ToolPak to gain access to these important functions.

Excel Skill 2: Forecasting and Prediction

Photo by PhotoMIX Company on Pexels.com

If you have historical and time-based data, you can use advanced Excel functions to create forecasts and predictions of future performance. You can create this data at higher and lower confidence levels for different degrees of probability — this can be important for businesses aiming to predict stock trajectories, forecast the growth of their sales efforts, or understand changes in the economy.

Excel’s Data tab has a substantial amount of advanced tools available for users, and Columbia Engineering Data Analytics Boot Camp can help you understand and make use of these more advanced functions. For example, if you’re working with two corresponding data series, you can insert a Forecast Sheet under the Data tab to create line or column charts with the relevant forecast. You can set your own end date for the forecast and choose from a number of options to fine-tune your results, including filling in missing points and assessing for seasonality.

Excel Skill 3: Pivot Tables

Pivot tables are perhaps one of the best-known and more powerful advanced Excel skills, as they can automatically give you quick summaries of the data in a massive Excel spreadsheet by grouping matching data. For example, pivot tables can quickly graph sales data by product, financial performance by investment type, or weight of various items in inventory. These tables, launched from the Tables section of the Insert tab, can be used to count, sort, total, or average data taken from one large spreadsheet.

With pivot tables, you may eliminate the need for individual formulas in producing meaningful data analysis — one of the most important Excel skills for employers because of its versatility and efficiency. After you have mastered these advanced Excel functions, you can create a pivot table in less than a minute, whether you have only a few rows of data or thousands of rows of information. You can create the specific fields to be addressed in the table, remove duplicates, count entries and provide a range of assessments of your data. Excel even includes recommended Pivot Tables keyed to the types of data presented in your spreadsheet.

Excel Skill 4: VBA and Macros

Visual Basic for Applications in Office (VBA) is a powerful, simple programming language created by Microsoft to extend and automate the capabilities of Excel and other Office software. VBA can be used to automate any function that you can perform in Excel and enables you to save the resulting code as a macro to be used repeatedly, which can dramatically ramp up efficiency and output when you have repetitive tasks or need to clean data across a range of spreadsheets.

Creating and applying macros can result in cutting a task down from days to hours, allowing you and your employer to save time. VBA programming allows you to have total control over the macros you produce — not only to automate advanced Excel functions but to create unique dialog boxes and other options for your particular business case.

Excel Skill 5: Model Historic Stock Trends

Excel offers a stock data type created specifically to pull in present and historical stock performance data. By modeling variations of a stock and the instruments based on it, like derivatives, you can receive a representation of the stock’s valuation at present and over time. By using the stock data type, you can bring in existing prices as well as the company name, number of employees, and other key data that can be used to perform stock modeling.

The advanced Excel function STOCKHISTORY provides access to historical data that can be formatted dynamically. By using the stocks data type and pulling in the start and end date (as well as specified properties), Excel users can pull in data over time on a specific exchange, in a certain currency, and with other specifications. This information may produce graphical representations of a particular stock’s history — as well as forecasting and prediction models to assess potential future outcomes.

Advanced Excel Skills for Your Resume

  • Statistical Modeling
  • Forecasting and Prediction
  • Pivot Tables
  • VBA and Macros
  • Model Historic Stock Trends

Advanced Excel Formulas

There are a myriad of advanced Excel formulas — many of which enable you to quickly and effectively perform key tasks on the job. These advanced formulas often provide advanced automation or searching capabilities, which can save time and produce quick, efficient results. 

The following are a few such formulas that may be useful to you

Sum If

The SUMIF formula is used to add cells together when they share certain properties. For example, SUMIF can be used when those data cells have a certain number or word attached to them, indicating, for instance, a certain class or type of product. It can also be used to add information that is above or below a certain value — or that equates to a particular amount — highlighting outliers or grouping together certain kinds of information.

SUMIF is a useful formula to gather summary information about sales, enrollment, or other total figures for large data sets that encompass different types of information. The SUMIF formula takes in data including the range of cells to examine, the criteria to determine which cells should be added together, and the sum range to add together.

Conditional Formatting

In many industries, formatted Excel tables and spreadsheets are important to provide a visual representation of your data. After you’ve crunched the numbers, you need to present your information to others at your employer. In many cases, making the key data and takeaways stand out is critical to effective business communication and ensuring that your presentation is understood by listeners and readers.

Conditional formatting changes the color and appearance of a cell and its contents based on certain conditions about the type of information it contains. For example, in a financial or budgeting spreadsheet, you may want negative numbers to be highlighted in red. You may want to highlight any divergent information in yellow if they contain a certain word or error code.

By determining the type of information you want to highlight, Excel skills in conditional formatting can enable you to deliver your information visually as well as verbally. You can highlight top performers or areas that need improvement with just a few clicks and color changes.

If Error

Sometimes, you may encounter errors when performing advanced Excel functions. This may be for a number of reasons, including the absence of a certain type of data in particular rows, or it may indicate a problem that needs to be fixed. IFERROR is used to remove error codes and produce either a blank cell or a text you specify that indicates that the cell or area needs further review or attention.

However, Excel by default produces certain types of error codes that can stop calculations from running across a range of values while also presenting a disruptive, attention-grabbing appearance on the sheet for easy identification and correction.

Count If

The COUNTIF function in Excel is used to count cells that have certain properties. If you want to find out how many times a certain word or entry appears in a large spreadsheet, COUNTIF examines all of your data and produces a count of the criteria that you specify. This can be very important whenever you want to know the number of things that are labeled in a particular way. Whether you want to understand the distribution of your inventory, identify where your customers are located, or determine the number of employees in a particular department, COUNTIF enables you to get this information quickly by taking in the range of cells you wish to examine as well as the criteria you are using to search.

Index Match

The combination of the INDEX and MATCH functions in Excel provides a more advanced way to look up and assess information inside an Excel sheet or workbook. While functions like VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP allow you to search for information, they have limitations on where and how they search that can prevent you from easily obtaining the information you need. The MATCH function is nested inside the INDEX function and can be used to find a certain type of data, while INDEX is used to connect that information to the other data available in its row.

In other words, MATCH allows you to find the position of a value in a range, and then INDEX is used to return a specific value in relation to the original value. It is important for two-way lookups and case-sensitive lookups, and you can even use it to find the closest match from the data you have.

Wildfire and Its Effects on the Ecosystem

Geophysical phenomena refer to the processes that occur in the Earth’s lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere. These processes play a critical role in shaping the planet’s features and support the diverse range of flora and fauna. However, human activities have significantly impacted the natural balance of these processes, leading to several changes in critical geographical features such as waterbodies and icecaps, and flora and fauna.

Wildfires are one of the most devastating geophysical phenomena that have a significant impact on the earth’s environment. Wildfires are uncontrolled fires that occur in wildland areas such as forests, grasslands, and shrublands. They are caused by a combination of factors such as heat, drought, wind, and lightning, and human activities such as arson and negligence. These fires can cause significant changes in geographical features, including waterbodies and icecaps, flora and fauna, and the overall ecosystem. In this essay, we will discuss the important geophysical phenomena of wildfires, their geographical features and location, changes in critical geographical features, and the effects of such changes.

Geographical Features and Location of Wildfires

Wildfires occur all over the world, but some regions are more prone to wildfires due to their geographical features. These regions are mostly dry and have abundant vegetation, making them susceptible to wildfires. Some of the regions that are prone to wildfires include the Mediterranean region, California, Australia, and South Africa. These regions are characterized by high temperatures, low humidity, and strong winds, which are perfect conditions for wildfires to spread rapidly. One of the most critical features affected by wildfires is the vegetation cover. Wildfires can lead to the complete destruction of forests and grasslands, which can take decades to recover fully. In addition to the direct loss of vegetation cover, wildfires can also lead to changes in the vegetation structure and composition. For example, after a wildfire, the type of plants that grow back may be different from the ones that were present before the fire. This change in the vegetation can have significant impacts on the wildlife that depends on these plants for food and shelter.

Water-Bodies and Ice-Caps

Wildfires can have significant impacts on waterbodies and icecaps. In areas where wildfires are prevalent, waterbodies such as rivers and lakes can become contaminated with ash and debris, which can lead to a decrease in water quality. The increase in sedimentation can cause damage to aquatic habitats and result in the death of aquatic organisms.

Wildfires can also cause changes in icecaps. As the temperature rises due to wildfires, the icecaps can melt, leading to rising sea levels. This can cause flooding in coastal areas, leading to the loss of human lives and property. The melting of icecaps can also have long-term effects on the climate, such as altering ocean currents and changing weather patterns.

Flora and Fauna

Wildfires can have devastating effects on flora and fauna. The destruction of forests and other vegetation can lead to the loss of habitats for wildlife, which can result in the extinction of certain species. The smoke and heat from wildfires can also cause respiratory problems for animals, leading to their death.

Changes in Ecosystem

Wildfires can cause significant changes in the ecosystem. The loss of vegetation can lead to soil erosion and the loss of nutrients, making it difficult for new vegetation to grow. This can lead to a decline in the overall productivity of the ecosystem. The loss of vegetation can also increase the risk of landslides and floods.

Effects of Changes in Geographical Features

Changes in geographical features can have significant impacts on human populations. The loss of waterbodies can lead to a decrease in water availability, which can affect human health and agriculture. The loss of icecaps can lead to rising sea levels, which can cause flooding and displacement of populations. The loss of flora and fauna can lead to a decrease in biodiversity, which can affect the overall health of the ecosystem.

Wildfires are a significant geophysical event that can have a big effect on the environment of the earth. Wildfires can alter the flora and fauna, the ecosystem as a whole, and physical features like waterbodies and icecaps. Such changes can have disastrous impacts on human populations, having an impact on their livelihoods, agriculture, and health. As a result, it’s critical to take action to both prevent wildfires and successfully control them when they do occur.